Broadcast signal transmitter, broadcast signal receiver, and method for transceiving broadcast signals in broadcast signal transceivers

ABSTRACT

A broadcast signal receiver according to the present invention comprises: a demodulator for performing OFDM demodulation on a received broadcast signal including a frame for the delivery of a broadcast service: a frame demapper for outputting the frame, the frame including a preamble that contains first signaling information, and a plurality of link-layer-pipes (LLPs) that contain PLP data, second signaling information and third signaling information, with the PLP data including a base layer and an enhancement layer of the broadcast service; and a decoder for decoding the first signaling information, for decoding the second and third signaling information, and for selectively decoding the PLP data by using the third signaling information.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to a broadcast signal transmitting apparatus for transmitting a broadcast signal, a broadcast receiving apparatus for receiving a broadcast signal, and a method of transmitting and receiving a broadcast signal and, most particularly, to an apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving a mobile broadcast signal.

BACKGROUND ART

As the time has neared to end (or terminate) the transmission of analog broadcast signals, diverse technologies for transmitting and receiving digital broadcast signals are being researched and developed. Herein, a digital broadcast signal may include high capacity video/audio data as compared to an analog broadcast signal, and, in addition to the video/audio data, the digital broadcast signal may also include diverse additional data.

More specifically, a digital broadcasting system for digital broadcasting may provide HD (High Definition) level images, multiple-channel sound (or audio), and a wide range of additional services. However, a data transmission efficiency for transmitting high capacity data, a robustness of transmitting and receiving network, and flexibility in a network considering mobile receiving equipments are still required to be enhanced.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Technical Objects

Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a broadcast signal transmitting apparatus and a broadcast receiving apparatus that can transmit and receive additional broadcast signals, a method for transmitting and receiving additional broadcast signals, by using an RF signal of a conventional broadcasting system without having to ensure any additional frequency.

Another object is to provide a broadcast signal transmitting apparatus and a broadcast receiving apparatus that can transmit and receive mobile broadcast signals, a method for transmitting and receiving mobile broadcast signals, by using an RF signal of a conventional broadcasting system without having to ensure any additional frequency.

Yet another object of the present invention is to provide a broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus, a broadcasting signal receiving apparatus, and a method for transmitting/receiving a broadcasting signal using the same that can distinguish data corresponding to a service for each component, and transmit the corresponding data to each component through separate PLPs, so that the transmitted data can be received and processed.

Yet another object of the present invention is to provide a broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus, a broadcasting signal receiving apparatus, and a method for transmitting/receiving a broadcasting signal using the same that can signal signaling information required for servicing a broadcasting signal.

Yet another object of the present invention is to provide a broadcast signal transmitting apparatus, a broadcast signal receiving apparatus, and a method for transmitting and receiving a broadcast signal, which can signal SVC related information and frame information, so that a wanted (or desired) broadcast service can be processed in accordance with the characteristics of the receiver, when a broadcast service using the SVC method is transmitted by collectively using a T2 frame and an NGH frame.

Technical Solutions

In order to achieve the above-described object of the present invention, a broadcast signal transmitting method according to an embodiment of the present invention may include encoding each of PLP (Physical_Layer_Pipe) data and first signaling information, the PLP data including a base layer and an enhancement layer of a broadcast service, generating a preamble including the encoded first signaling information and a transmission frame including a plurality of LLPs (Link_Layer_Pipes), wherein each of the plurality of LLPs includes the encoded PLP data, second signaling information, and third signaling information, wherein the first signaling information includes a first identifier identifying each of the PLP data and a second identifier identifying each of the plurality of LLPs, wherein the second signaling information includes a first descriptor including the first identifier and the second identifier, and wherein the third signaling information includes a second descriptor including information on the base layer and enhancement layer of the broadcast service, and a third descriptor including information on whether each component being transmitted through the PLP data corresponds to the base layer or the enhancement layer, and diagram transmitting a broadcast signal including the transmission frame.

Effects of the Invention

According to the present invention, a transmitter may perform transmission by generating a PLP for each component configuring a service, and a receiver may identify and decode the PLP, which is received for each component. Thus, the present invention may respond to the mobile broadcast communication environment with more flexibility.

The transmitter of the present invention may distinguish one component as a component of a base layer and as a component of at least one enhancement layer, and may transmit the distinguished component. And, the receiver may decode only the component of the base layer so as to provide an image with basic picture quality, or the receiver may decode the component of the base layer along with the component of at least one enhancement layer so as to provide an image with higher picture quality. Thus, the present invention may provide images having diverse picture qualities in accordance with the receiver characteristic.

By compressing a header of the data packet, when performing an IP-based transmission of a broadcasting signal, and transmitting the compressed header, and by having the receiver recover the compressed header, the present invention may reduce the overhead of an IP-based data packet. Thus, IP-based broadcasting may be efficiently supported in a mobile environment.

Additionally, even when transmitting a component of the base layer by using a T2 frame, the present invention may acquire the corresponding information, thereby being capable of recovering a wanted (or desired) broadcast service.

By using a MIMO system, the present invention may increase data transmission efficiency and may enhance robustness in broadcasting signal transmission/reception.

Therefore, according to the present invention, the present invention may provide a method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving a broadcasting signal that can receive a digital broadcasting signal without any error even in a mobile receiving equipment or an indoor environment.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 illustrates an exemplary super frame structure according to the present invention,

FIG. 2 illustrates an exemplary structure of a signal frame according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 3 illustrates a PLP-based signal frame structure according to an embodiment of the present invention,

(a) of FIG. 4 illustrates a P1 symbol structure according to the present invention,

(b) of FIG. 4 illustrates a block diagram showing an exemplary structure of a P1 symbol generator according to the present invention,

FIG. 5 illustrates an exemplary structure of a P1 symbol and an exemplary structure of an AP1 symbol according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 6 illustrates a block diagram showing a broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 7 illustrates a flow chart showing a method of transmitting a TS-based broadcast signal according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 8 illustrates a flow chart showing a method of transmitting a IP-based broadcast signal according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 9 illustrates a block diagram showing an input pre-processor according to an embodiment of the present invention,

(a) and (b) of FIG. 10 illustrate an example of configuring a PLP in component units in an input pre-processor according to the present invention,

(a) and (b) of FIG. 11 illustrate another example of configuring a PLP in component units in an input pre-processor according to the present invention,

FIG. 12 illustrates a flow chart showing a pre-processing method of a broadcasting signal according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 13 illustrates a block diagram showing an input pre-processor according to another embodiment of the present invention,

(a), (b) and (c) of FIG. 14 illustrate another example of configuring a PLP in component units in an input pre-processor according to the present invention,

FIG. 15 illustrates a flow chart showing a pre-processing method of a broadcasting signal according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 16 illustrates a block diagram showing an input processor according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 17 illustrates a block diagram showing a mode adaptation module of an input processor according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 18 illustrates a block diagram showing a stream adaptation module of an input processor according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 19 illustrates a block diagram showing a BICM module according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 20 illustrates a block diagram showing a frame builder according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 21 illustrates a block diagram showing an OFDM generator according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 22 illustrates a block diagram showing a BICM module according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 23 illustrates a block diagram showing a frame builder according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 24 illustrates a block diagram showing an OFDM generator according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 25 illustrates a data transmitting and receiving respective to an SM type MIMO transmission in a channel environment according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 26 illustrates a block diagram showing a broadcast signal receiving apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 27 illustrates a block diagram showing an OFDM demodulator according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 28 illustrates a block diagram showing a P1 symbol detector according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 29 illustrates a block diagram showing an AP1 symbol detector according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 30 illustrates a block diagram showing a frame demapper according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 31 illustrates a block diagram showing a BICM decoder according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 32 illustrates a block diagram showing a OFDM demodulator according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 33 illustrates a block diagram showing a frame demapper according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 34 illustrates a block diagram showing a BICM decoder according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 35 illustrates a block diagram showing an output processor according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 36 illustrates a block diagram showing an output processor according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 37 illustrates a block diagram showing a broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 38 illustrates a block diagram showing a broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 39 illustrates a block diagram showing the process of the broadcasting signal receiver for receiving a PLP best fitting its purpose according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 40 illustrates a MIMO transmission system and a broadcast signal transmitting method using an SVC according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 41 illustrates a MIMO transmission system and a broadcast signal transmitting method using an SVC according to other embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 42 illustrates a MIMO transmission system and a broadcast signal transmitting method using an SVC according to another embodiment of the present invention,

(a) to (c) of FIG. 43 illustrate a signal frame for transmitting data of a base layer and an enhancement layer according to embodiments of the present invention,

FIG. 44 illustrates a block diagram showing a broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 45 illustrates a block diagram showing a broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 46 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of P1 signaling information according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 47 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of AP1 signaling information according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 48 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of L1-pre signaling information according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 49 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of configurable L1-post signaling information according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 50 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of dynamic L1-post signaling information according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 51 illustrates a conceptual diagram of a correlation between a service and a PLP group according to a first embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 52 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of a delivery system descriptor according to the first embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 53 illustrates a flow chart showing the process steps of a service scanning method of a receiver according to the first embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 54 illustrates a conceptual diagram of a correlation between a service and a PLP group according to a second embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 55 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of a component ID descriptor according to the second embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 56 illustrates a flow chart showing the process steps of a service scanning method of a receiver according to the second embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 57 illustrates a conceptual diagram of a correlation between a service and a PLP group according to a third embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 58 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of a delivery system descriptor according to the third embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 59 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of a component ID descriptor according to the third embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 60 illustrates an exemplary PLP_PROFILE field according to the third embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 61 illustrates a flow chart showing the process steps of a service scanning method of a receiver according to the third embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 62 illustrates a conceptual diagram of a correlation between a service and a PLP group according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 63 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of an IP/MAC_location_descriptor according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 64 illustrates a flow chart showing the process steps of a service scanning method of a receiver according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 65 illustrates an IP header configuring of a header of a data packet according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 66 illustrates a UDP header configuring of a header of a data packet according to an embodiment of the present invention,

(a) and (b) of FIG. 67 illustrate a RoHC compression method according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 68 illustrates an example of IP-PLP mapping information and compression information being signal to the IP information table according to the present invention,

FIG. 69 illustrates a syntax structure providing a more detailed description of an IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) shown in FIG. 68,

FIG. 70 illustrates another example of IP-PLP mapping information and compression information being signal to the IP information table according to the present invention,

FIG. 71 illustrates a syntax structure providing a more detailed description of an IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) shown in FIG. 70,

FIG. 72 illustrates a block diagram showing a structure of a portion of an input-pre-processor, which is used for compressing data packets, according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 73 illustrates a flow chart showing an input pre-processing method including header compression according to the present invention,

FIG. 74 illustrates an example of merging header information of an IR packet with a component PLP according to the present invention,

FIG. 75 illustrates another example of merging header information of an IR packet with a component PLP according to the present invention,

FIG. 76 illustrates a block diagram showing a structure of a broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to yet another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 77 illustrates an exemplary multiplexing structure of a T2 frame and an NGH frame according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 78 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing a procedure of grouping PLPs included in an NGH frame and a T2 frame transmitting an NGH broadcast service according to a first embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 79 illustrates a syntax structure indicating in detail the L1 signaling information region shown in FIG. 78,

FIG. 80 illustrates a flow chart showing a service scanning method of the receiver according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is described above with reference to FIG. 78,

FIG. 81 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing a procedure of grouping PLPs included in an NGH frame and a T2 frame transmitting an NGH broadcast service according to a second embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 82 illustrates a syntax structure indicating in detail a delivery_system_descriptor included in an NIT, which is described above with reference to FIG. 81,

FIG. 83 illustrates a flow chart showing a service scanning method of the receiver according to the second embodiment of the present invention, which is described above with reference to FIG. 81,

FIG. 84 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing a procedure of grouping PLPs included in an NGH frame and a T2 frame transmitting an NGH broadcast service according to a third embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 85 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing an ESG, which is described in FIG. 84,

FIG. 86 illustrates a flow chart showing a service scanning method according to the third embodiment of the present invention, which is described above with reference to FIG. 84,

FIG. 87 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing a procedure for identifying a PLP by using a Hierarachy_descriptor, which is included in a PMT, and for selectively decoding the identified PLP,

FIG. 88 illustrates a syntax indicating in detail a Hierarachy_descriptor included in the PMT according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 89 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing a structure of an NIT, PAT, and PMT, which are included in an NGH frame according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 90 illustrates a flow chart showing a channel scanning method according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 91 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing NGH broadcast service signaling in case of using an OMA-BCAST method according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 92 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing NGH broadcast service signaling in case of using a DVB-IPDC method according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 93 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing a procedure for recovering an SVC substream by using an ESG and an SDP according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 94 illustrates a syntax of a binary type data format including IP-PLP mapping information according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 95 illustrates a syntax of an XML format including the IP-PLP mapping information according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 96 illustrates a flow chart showing a channel scanning method according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 97 illustrates a flow chart showing a broadcast signal transmitting method according to an embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 98 illustrates a flow chart showing a broadcast signal transmitting method according to another embodiment of the present invention,

FIG. 99 illustrates a flow chart showing a broadcast signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and

FIG. 100 illustrates a flow chart showing a broadcast signal receiving method according to another embodiment of the present invention.

BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE PRESENT INVENTION

Reference will now be made in detail to the preferred embodiments of the present invention, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. Wherever possible, the same reference numbers will be used throughout the drawings to refer to the same or like parts. And, the scope and spirit of the present invention will not be limited only to the exemplary embodiments presented herein.

Although the terms used in the present invention are selected from generally known and used terms, the detailed meanings of which are described in relevant parts of the description herein. It should be noted that the terms used herein may vary depending upon the intentions or general practice of anyone skilled in the art and also depending upon the advent of a novel technology. Some of the terms mentioned in the description of the present invention have been selected by the applicant at his or her discretion, terms used herein. Furthermore, it is required that the present invention is understood, not simply by the actual terms used but by the meaning of each term lying within.

The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving an additional broadcast signal, while sharing an RF frequency band with related art broadcasting system, such as a conventional terrestrial broadcast system (or also referred to as a T2 system), e.g., DVB-T2. In the present invention, the additional broadcast signal may correspond to an extension (or enhanced) broadcast signal and/or a mobile broadcast signal.

In the description of the present invention, an additional broadcast signal refers to as signal that is processed and transmitted in accordance with a non-MIMO (Multi Input Multi Output) method or a MIMO method. Herein, a MISO (Multi Input Single Output) method, a SISO (Single Input Single Output) method, and so on, may correspond to the non-MIMO method.

Hereinafter, 2 antennae may be given as an example of the multi antennae of the MISO method or the MIMO for simplicity of the description of the present invention. And, such description of the present invention may be applied to all types of systems using 2 or more antennae.

FIG. 1 illustrates an exemplary super frame structure including an additional broadcast signal (e.g., mobile broadcast signal) according to the present invention. A super frame may be configured of a plurality of frames, and the frames belonging to one super frame may be transmitted by using the same transmission method. The super frame according to the embodiment of the present invention may be configured of multiple T2 frames (also referred to as a terrestrial broadcast frame) and additional non-T2 frames for the additional broadcast signal. Herein, a non-T2 frame may include an FEF (Future Extension Frame) part being provided by the related art T2 system. The FEF part may not be contiguous and may be inserted in-between the T2 frames. The additional broadcast signal may be included in the T2 frame or FEF part, so as to be transmitted.

When a mobile broadcast signal is transmitted through FET part, the FEF part will be referred to as an NGH (Next Generation Handheld) frame.

At this point, 1 NGH frame may be transmitted for each N number of T2 frames (i.e., NGH-T2 frame ratio=1/N or N:1), and the T2 frame and the NGH frame may be alternately transmitted (i.e., NGH-T2 frame ratio=1/2 or 1:1). If the NGH-T2 frame ratio is equal to 1/N, the time consumed by the receiver in order to receive an NGH frame after receiving a previous NGH frame is equivalent to the time corresponding to N number of T2 frames.

Meanwhile, among the components configuring a broadcast service, the present invention may divide a video component to multiple video components and may transmit the divided video components. For example, a video component may be divided into a basic video component and an extension video component, and may then be transmitted accordingly.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, in order to enhance transmission stability, the basic video component may be transmitted in a non-MIMO method, and the extension video component may be transmitted in an MIMO method in order to provide an enhanced throughput.

In the present invention, the basic video component will hereinafter be referred to as a video component of a base layer, and the extension video component will hereinafter be referred to as a video component of an enhancement layer. Additionally, for simplicity of the description, in the present invention, the video component of the base layer will be used in combination with video data of the base layer (or data of the base layer), and the video component of the enhancement layer will be used in combination with video data of the enhancement layer (or data of the enhancement layer).

According to an embodiment of the present invention, the present invention may encode video data by using an SVC (Scalable Video Coding) method, thereby dividing the encoded video data into video data of the base layer (or base layer video data) and video data of the enhancement layer (or enhancement layer video data). Herein, the SVC method is merely exemplary. And, therefore, other arbitrary video coding methods having scalability may also be used herein.

The data of the base layer (or the base layer data) correspond to data for images having basic picture quality. Herein, although the base layer data are robust against the communication environment, the base layer data have low picture quality. And, the data of the enhancement layer (or the enhancement layer data) correspond to additional data for images of higher picture quality and may, therefore, provide images having high picture quality. However, the enhancement layer data are weak against the communication environment.

In the present invention, video data for terrestrial broadcasting may be divided into base layer data and enhancement layer data, and video data for mobile broadcasting may be divided into base layer data and enhancement layer data in order to flexibly respond to the mobile broadcasting communication environment.

The receiver may decode only video layer of the base data (or base layer video data), so as to provide an image having basic picture quality, or the receiver may decode both the base layer video data and the video layer of the enhancement data (or enhancement layer video data), so as to provide an image having a higher picture quality.

According to an embodiment of the present invention the enhancement layer video data may be transmitted through an FEF, and the base layer data may be transmitted through the T2 frame and/or FEF.

In the present invention, an audio component may include an audio component of a base layer (or base layer audio component) for providing basic sound quality, such as 2 channel or 2.1 channel, and an audio component of an enhancement layer (or enhancement layer audio component) for providing additional sound quality, such as 5.1 channel or MPEG-Surround.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, a signal frame may refer to any one of a T2 frame, an FEF transmitting a mobile broadcasting signal (i.e., NGH frame), a T2 frame transmitting base layer video data, and an FEF transmitting enhancement layer video data. In the description of the present invention, the signal frame and the transmission frame will be used to have the same meaning.

In the present invention, a PLP (physical layer pipe) corresponding to an identifiable data (or stream) unit. Also, the PLP may be considered as a physical layer TDM (Time Division Multiplex) channel, which transmits (or delivers) one or more services. More specifically, each service may be transmitted and received through multiple RF channels. Herein, the PLP may represent a path through which such service is being transmitted or may represent a stream being transmitted through such path. The PLP may also be located in slots being distributed to multiple RF channels at predetermined time intervals, and the PLP may also be distributed in a single RF channel at predetermined time intervals. Therefore, signal frame may transmit a PLP, which is distributed to a single RF channel based upon a time reference. In other words, one PLP may be distributed to a single RF channel or multiple RF channels based upon a time reference.

In the present invention, one service may be transmitted to one PLP, and components configuring a service may be divided (or differentiated), so that each of the differentiated components can be transmitted to a different PLP. If service components configuring a single service are differentiated from one another so as to be respectively transmitted to a different PLP, the receiver may gather (or collect) the multiple components, so as to combine the collected components to a single service. In the present invention, the service component and the component will be used to have the same meaning.

FIG. 2 illustrates an exemplary structure of a signal frame over a physical layer according to an embodiment of the present invention. The signal frame includes a P1 signaling information region (or part), an L1 signaling information region, and a PLP region. More specifically, the P1 signaling information region may be allocated to a foremost portion of the corresponding signal frame, and, then, the L1 signaling information region and the PLP region may be sequentially allocated after the P1 signaling information region. In the description of the present invention, only the information being included in the L1 signaling information region may be referred to as L1 signaling information, or signaling information being included in the P1 signaling information region and signaling information being included in the L1 signaling information region may be collectively referred to as the L1 signaling information.

As shown in FIG. 2, P1 signaling information that is being transmitted to the P1 signaling information region may be used for detecting a signal frame (or NGH broadcast signal) and may include tuning information and information for identifying preamble itself.

Based upon the P1 signaling information, the subsequent L1 signaling information region is decoded, so as to acquire information on the PLP structure and the signal frame configuration. More specifically, the L1 signaling information includes L1-pre-signaling information and L1-post-signaling information. Herein, the L1-pre-signaling information includes information required by the receiver to receive and decode L1-post-signaling information. And, the L1-post-signaling information includes parameters required by the receiver for accessing the PLP. The L1-post-signaling information may then include Configurable L1-post-signaling information, Dynamic L1-post-signaling information, Extension L1-post-signaling information, and CRC information, and the L1-post-signaling information may further include L1 padding data. In the present invention, configurable L1-post signaling information has the same meaning as the L1-post configurable signaling information. Moreover, dynamic L1-post signaling information has the same meaning as the L1-post dynamic signaling information

Meanwhile, in the signal frame, the PLP region is configured of at least one common PLP and at least one data PLP.

A common PLP includes PSI/SI (Program and System Information/Signaling Information).

Specifically, when a broadcast signal is a TS format, the common PLP may include network information, such as an NIT (Network Information Table), or PLP information, and service information, such as an SDT (Service Description Table), an EIT (Event Information Table) and a PMT (Program Map Table)/a PAT (Program Association Table). Based upon the intentions of the system designer, service information, such as SDT and PMT/PAT, may be included in data PLP and may then be transmitted. The PAT corresponds to special information being transmitted by a packet having a PID of ‘0’, and the PAT includes PID information of the PMT and PID information of the NIT. The PMT includes a program identification number, PID information of a TS packet to which individual bit streams, such as video, audio, and so on, are being transmitted, wherein the individual bit streams configure a program or (service), and PID information through which a PCR is being delivered. The NIT includes information of an actual transmission network (i.e., physical network). The EIT includes information on an event (or program or service) (e.g., title, start time, and so on). The SDT includes information describing a service, such as a service name or service provider.

When a broadcasting signal corresponds to an IP format, the common PLP may include an IP information table, such as n INT (IP/MAC notification table). In the description of the present invention information being included in the common PLP may be referred to as L2 signaling information. In addition, the common PLP may further include start information such as bootstrap and meta data for service guide such as ESG or SD&S.

More specifically, L1 signaling information includes information required by the broadcasting signal receiver for processing a PLP within a signal frame, and the L2 signaling information includes information that can be commonly applied to multiple PLPs. Accordingly, the broadcasting signal receiver may use P1 signaling information included in a P1 signaling information region, so as to decode an L1 signaling information region, thereby acquiring information on the structure of PLP included in the signal frame and information a frame structure. Most particularly, the broadcasting signal receiver may be capable of knowing through which PLP each of the service components being included in the corresponding service is being transmitted by referring to the L1 signaling information and/or the L2 signaling information. Additionally, the BICM module of the broadcasting signal transmitter may encode signaling information associated with a broadcast service and may transmit L1/L2 signaling information, so that the broadcasting signal receiver can perform decoding. Moreover, the MICM decoder of the broadcasting signal receiver may decode the L1/L2 signaling information.

At this point, when the L1 signaling information includes information on the service components, the broadcasting signal receiver may recognize the information on the service components at the same time the broadcasting signal receiver receives the signal frame, and the broadcasting signal receiver may then apply the corresponding information. However, since the size of the L1 signaling information is limited, the size (or amount) of the information on the service components that can be transmitted from the broadcasting signal transmitter may also be limited. Accordingly, the L1 signaling information region is most adequate for recognizing the information on the service components at the same time the broadcasting signal receiver receives the signal frame and for transmitting information that can be applied to the broadcasting signal receiver.

If the L2 signaling information includes information on the service components, the broadcasting signal receiver may acquire information on the service components after the decoding of the L2 signaling information is completed. Therefore, the broadcasting signal receiver may not be capable of recognizing the information on the service components at the same time the broadcasting signal receiver receives the signal frame and may not be capable of modifying the corresponding information. However, since the size of the region transmitting the L2 signaling information is larger than the L1 signaling information region, the L2 signaling information region may transmit a larger amount (or size) of service component data. Accordingly, the L2 signaling information is adequate for transmitting general information on service components.

According to an embodiment of the present invention the L1 signaling information may be used along with the L2 signaling information. More specifically, the L1 signaling information may include information that can be modified (or changed) at the same time the broadcasting signal receiver receives the signal frame in a PLP level, such as a high mobile performance and a high-speed data communication characteristic, or may include information of service components that can be modified (or changed) at any time during the broadcasting signal transmission. Additionally, the L2 signaling information may include information on the service components and general information on channel reception, which are included in a service.

Meanwhile, if the broadcast signal corresponds to a TS format, a data PLP, which is included in the signal frame, may include audio, video, and data TS streams. Furthermore, the TS-based data PLP may include PSI/SI information such as a PAT (Program Association Table) and a PMT (Program Map Table). If the broadcasting signal corresponds to an IP format, the data PLP may include audio, video, and data IP streams. At this point, IP packets, which configure each of the IP streams, may be packetized by using an RTP (Real Time Protocol) or FLUTE (File Delivery over Unidirectional Transport). Additionally, IP-based data PLP may include control information, which is packetized by using an RTSP (Real Time Streaming Protocol) method. In the present invention, a data PLP including PAT/PMT or a data PLP including control information may also be referred to a base PLP. The data PLP may include a Type1 data PLP, which is transmitted by one sub-slice for each signal frame, and a Type2 data PLP, which is transmitted by multiple sub-slices. In the description of the present invention, for simplicity of the description, P number of data PLPs will hereinafter be indicated as PLP1˜PLPp. More specifically, audio, video, and data TS streams and PSI/SI information (or control information), such as PAT/PMT, are transmitted through PLP1˜PLPp. The data PLPs of FIG. 2 correspond to examples after scheduling and interleaving.

In the present invention the common PLP may be decoded along with a data PLP, and the data PLP may be selectively (or optionally) decoded. More specifically, a common PLP+ data PLP may always be decoded. However, in some cases data PLP1+ data PLP2 may not be decoded. Information being included in the common PLP may include the PSI/SI information. Additionally, Auxiliary Data may be added to the signal frame. Moreover, CRC data may be added to the signal frame.

FIG. 3 illustrates a signal frame structure at a symbol level according to an embodiment of the present invention.

In light of the symbol level, the signal frame according to the present invention is divided into a preamble region and a data region. The preamble region is configured of a P1 symbol and at least one or more P2 symbols, and the data region is configured of a plurality of data symbols.

Herein, the P1 symbol transmits P1 signaling information. The at least one or more P2 symbols transmit L1-pre-signaling information, L1-post-signaling information, and signaling information being included in the common PLP (i.e., L2 signaling information). The signaling information being included in the common PLP may be transmitted through a data symbol. Therefore, in light of the signal frame over a physical layer, the preamble region includes a P1 signaling information region, an L1 signaling information region, and a portion or an entire portion of the common PLP region. In the description of the present invention a PLP transmitting PSI/SI and, more particularly, PAT/PMT will hereinafter be referred to a base PLP.

Data PLPs being transmitted through multiple data symbols may include a Type1 data PLP being transmitted, which is transmitted by one sub-slice for each signal frame, and a Type2 data PLP, which is transmitted by multiple sub-slices. According to an embodiment of the present invention, when both the Type 1 data PLP and the Type2 data PLP exist in a signal frame, the Type1 data PLP is first allocated, and the Type2 data PLP is allocated afterwards.

The Type1 data PLP refers to having one sub-slice within a signal frame, i.e., one PLP being continuously transmitted within a signal frame. For example, when it is assumed that 2 type1 data PLPs (PLP1, PLP2) are being transmitted, when all of the data of PLP1 are first allocated to the corresponding signal frame, then all of the data of PLP2 are allocated afterwards, and, thereafter, the data are transmitted.

The Type2 data PLP refers to a PLP having two or more sub-slices within the signal frame. More specifically, the data of each PLP are divided into as many sections as the number of sub-slices. And, then, the divided data are distributed and transmitted to each sub-slice. For example, when it is assumed that 2 Type2 data PLP (PLP3, PLP4) exist in a single signal frame, and when it is assumed that each Type2 data PLP has 2 sub-slices, the data of PLP3 and the data of PLP4 are each divided into 2 equal sections, and the divided data are sequentially allocated to the 2 sub-slices of the corresponding PLP. At this point, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the sub-slice for PLP3 and the sub-slice for PLP4 are alternately positioned so as to be transmitted accordingly. In order to gain higher time diversity, the present invention uses the Type2 data PLP.

In the description of the present invention, one data PLP may correspond to one service, and one data PLP may also correspond to any one of the service components configuring a service, such as a video component (or also referred to as a base layer video component), an extension video component (or also referred to as an enhancement layer video component), and audio component, and a data component other than the video and audio components.

Meanwhile, the present invention may transmit separate signaling information from the transmitter, so that the receiver can identify additional broadcast signal frame, such as an NGH frame, and process the identified frame. The present invention transmits separate signaling information through a P1 symbol. And, herein, the P1 symbol will be referred to as a new_system_P1 symbol.

The new_system_P1 symbol may be different from the P1 symbol, and a plurality of new_system_P1 symbols may be used herein. At this point, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the new_system_P1 symbol is located at the beginning of the signal frame, i.e., located at a front portion of a first P2 symbol within a preamble region. In this case, the preamble region may be configured of at least one or more new_system_P1 symbols and at least one or more P2 symbols.

(a) of FIG. 4 illustrates a P1 symbol structure according to the present invention. In (a) of FIG. 4, the P1 symbol and P2 symbol portion will be referred to as a preamble region, and a body region will be referred to as a data region. The data region may be configured of a plurality of data symbols (also referred to as data OFDM symbols).

In (a) of FIG. 4, P1 symbol is generated by having each of a front portion and an end portion of an effective (or valid) symbol copied, by having a frequency shift performed as much as +f_(sh), and by having the frequency-shifted copies respectively positioned at a front portion (C) and an end portion (B) of the effective symbol (A). In the present invention, the C portion will be referred to as a prefix, and the B portion will be referred to as a postfix. More specifically, P1 symbol is configured of a prefix portion, an effective symbol portion, and a postfix portion. In the description of the present invention, such P1 symbol structure will also be referred to as a C-A-B structure. At this point, according to the present invention, the P1 symbol corresponds to 1K OFDM symbol. And, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the A portion (T_(P1A)) may have the length of 112 us, the C portion (T_(P1C)) may have the length of 59 us, and the B portion (T_(P1B)) may have the length of 53 us.

(b) of FIG. 4 illustrates a block diagram showing an exemplary structure of a P1 symbol generator according to the present invention. Herein, (b) of FIG. 4 includes a CDS (Carrier Distribution Sequence) table module (000100), an MSS (Modulation Signaling Sequence) module (000200), a DBPSK (Differential Binary Phase Shift Keying) mapping module (000300), a scrambling module (000400), a padding module (000500), an IFFT module (000600), and a C-A-B structure module (000700). After being processed with the operations of each block included in the P1 symbol generator shown in (b) of FIG. 4, the P1 symbols shown in (a) of FIG. 4 is finally outputted from the C-A-B structure module (000700).

According to the embodiment of the present invention, the structure of the P1 symbol, shown in (a) of FIG. 4, may be modified, or the P1 symbol generator, shown in (b) of FIG. 4 may be modified, so as to generate a new_system_P1 symbol.

If the new_system_P1 symbol is generated by modifying the P1 symbol shown in (a) of FIG. 4, the new_system_P1 symbol may be generated by using at least one of the following methods. For example, the new_system_P1 symbol may be generated by modifying a frequency shift (or displacement) value (f_(SH)) for a prefix and a postfix. In another example, the new_system_P1 symbol may be generated by modifying (or changing) the length of the P1 symbol (e.g., T_(P1C) and T_(P1B) lengths). In yet another example, the new_system_P1 symbol may be generated by replacing the length of the P1 symbol from 1K to 512,256,128, and so on. In this case, the parameters (e.g., f_(SH), T_(P1C), T_(P1B)) that are used in the P1 symbol structure should be adequately corrected.

If the new_system_P1 symbol is generated by modifying the P1 symbol generator shown in (b) of FIG. 4, the new_system_P1 symbol may be generated by using at least one of the following methods. For example, the new_system_P1 symbol may be generated by using a method of changing the distribution of active carriers (e.g., a method of having the CDS table module (000100) use another CSS (Complementary Set of Sequence)), which are used for the P1 symbol, through the CDS table module (000100), the MSS module (000200), and the C-A-B structure module (000700). In another example, the new_system_P1 symbol may be generated by using a method of changing a pattern for transmitting information to the P1 symbol (e.g., a method of having the MSS module (000200) use another CSS), and so on.

Meanwhile, the present invention may additionally allocate a preamble symbol to the preamble region within a signal frame, particularly an NGH frame. Hereinafter, the additional preamble signal will be referred to as an AP1 symbol (Additional Preamble symbol) for simplicity in the description of the present invention. In order to enhance the detection performance for detecting a mobile broadcast (i.e., NGH) signal, in a considerably low SNR condition or a time-selective fading condition, at least one or more AP1 symbol is added to the signal frame.

At this point, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the AP1 symbol is located between a P1 symbol and a first P2 symbol within the preamble region of a signal frame. More specifically, the P1 symbol and the AP1 symbol are consecutively transmitted. According to the embodiment of the present invention, if the P2 symbol is not transmitted to the signal frame, the AP1 symbol may be located between the P1 symbol and the first data symbol within the preamble region of the signal frame. According to another embodiment of the present invention, the P1 symbol and the AP1 symbol may be allocated to non-consecutive positions within a single signal frame, so as to be transmitted.

For example, when a signal frame includes an AP1 symbol, the preamble region of the signal frame is configured of a P1 symbol, at least one or more AP1 symbols, and at least one or more P2 symbols. And, the data region may be configured of a plurality of data symbols (or data OFDM symbols).

As described in the embodiments for generating the new_system_P1 symbol, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the AP1 symbol may be generated by modifying the structure of the P1 symbol, shown in (a) of FIG. 4, or by modifying the P1 symbol generator, shown in (b) of FIG. 4. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the AP1 symbol may be generated by modifying both the structure of the P1 symbol, shown in (a) of FIG. 4, and the P1 symbol generator, shown in (b) of FIG. 4.

As described in the embodiment of the present invention, when at least 2 or more preamble symbols are used, the present invention is advantageous in that the present invention can be more robust against a burst fading effect, which may occur in a mobile fading environment, and that a signal detection performance can be enhanced.

FIG. 5 illustrates an exemplary structure of a P1 symbol and an exemplary structure of an AP1 symbol according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 5 shows an example of generating an AP1 symbol by modifying the P1 symbol.

In FIG. 5, P1 symbol, which is shown on the left side, is generated by having each of a front portion and an end portion of an effective (or valid) symbol copied, by having a frequency shift performed as much as +f_(sh), and by having the frequency-shifted copies respectively positioned at a front portion (C) and an end portion (B) of the effective symbol (A). In the present invention, the C portion will be referred to as a prefix, and the B portion will be referred to as a postfix. More specifically, P1 symbol is configured of a prefix portion, an effective symbol portion, and a postfix portion.

In FIG. 5, AP1 symbol, which is shown on the right side, is generated by having each of a front portion and an end portion of an effective (or valid) symbol copied, by having a frequency shift performed as much as −f_(sh), and by having the frequency-shifted copies respectively positioned at a front portion (F) and an end portion (E) of the effective symbol (D). In the present invention, the F portion will be referred to as a prefix, and the E portion will be referred to as a postfix. More specifically, AP1 symbol is configured of a prefix portion, an effective symbol portion, and a postfix portion.

Herein, the two frequency-shift values +f_(sh), −f_(sh), which are used in the P1 symbol and the AP1 symbol, may have the same absolute value yet be given opposite signs. More specifically, the frequency-shift is performed in opposite directions. And, the lengths C and F, which are copied to the front portion of the effective symbol, may be set to have different values. And, the lengths B and E, which are copied to the end portion of the effective symbol, may be set to have different values. Alternatively, the lengths C and F may be set to have different values, and the lengths B and E may be set to have the same value, or vice versa. According to another embodiment of the present invention, an effective symbol length of the P1 symbol and an effective symbol length of the AP1 symbol may be differently determined. And, according to yet another embodiment of the present invention, a CSS (Complementary Set Sequence) may be used for tone selection and data scrambling within the AP1 may be scrambled by AP1.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, the lengths of C and F, which are copied to the front portion of the effective (or valid) symbol, may be set to have different values, and the lengths of B and E, which are copied to the end portion of the effective (or valid) symbol, may also be set to have different values.

The C,B,F,E lengths according to the present invention may be obtained by using Equation 1 shown below.

Length of C(T _(C))={Length of A(T _(A))/2+30}

Length of B(T _(B))={Length of A(T _(A))/2−30}

Length of E(T _(B))={Length of D(T _(D))/2+15}

Length of E(T _(E))={Length of D(T _(D))/2−15}  Equation 1

As shown in Equation 1, P1 symbol and AP1 symbol have the same frequency shift value. However, each of the P1 symbol and the AP1 symbol are given opposite signs. Additionally, in order to determine the lengths of C and B, the present invention determines an offset value being added to or subtracted from a value corresponding to the length of A (T_(A))/2. And, in order to determine the lengths of F and E, the present invention determines an offset value being added to or subtracted from a value corresponding to the length of D (T_(D))/2. Herein, each of the offset values is set up differently. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the offset value of P1 symbol is set to 30, and the offset value of AP1 symbol is set to 15. However, the values given in the above-described examples are merely exemplary. And, therefore, it will be apparent that the corresponding values may easily be varied or changed by anyone skilled in the art. Thus, the present invention will not be limited only to the values presented herein.

According to the present invention, by generating AP1 symbol and an AP1 symbol to configure the structure shown in FIG. 5, and by inserting the generated symbols to each signal frame, the P1 symbol does not degrade the detection performance of the AP1 symbol, and, conversely, the AP1 symbol does not degrade the detection performance of the P1 symbol. Additionally, the detection performance of the P1 symbol is almost identical to the detection performance of the AP1 symbol. Furthermore, by configuring the symbols so that the P1 symbol and the AP1 symbol have similar symbol structures, the complexity level of the receiver may be reduced.

At this point, the P1 symbol and the AP1 symbol may be transmitted consecutively, or each of the symbols may be allocated to different positions within the signal frame and may then be transmitted. And, in case the P1 symbol and AP1 symbol are each allocated to a different position within the signal frame, so as to be transmitted, a high time diversity effect may be gained with respect to the preamble symbol. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the P1 symbol and the AP1 symbol are consecutively transmitted.

FIG. 6 illustrates a block diagram showing a broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus (or also referred to as a broadcasting signal transmitter or a transmitter) according to an embodiment of the present invention.

As shown in FIG. 6, the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus may include an input pre-processor (100000), an input processor (100100), a BICM module (100200), a frame builder (100300), and an OFDM generator (100400). Herein, the BICM module (100200) is also referred to as a BICM encoder.

The input stream may include at least one of a TS stream, an Internet protocol (IP) stream, and a GSE (General Stream Encapsulation) stream (or also referred to as a GS stream).

The input pre-processor (100000) may receive at least one the TS stream, the IP stream, and the GS stream, so as to generate at least one or more PLPs in service units (or service component units) in order to provide robustness.

The input processor (100100) generates a BB frame including at least one or more of the PLPs generated from the input pre-processor (100000). In case the input processor (100100) receives a PLP corresponding to a service, the input processor (100100) may categorize the received PLP as PLPs corresponding to the service components and may, then, generate the BB frame.

The BICM module (100200) adds redundancy to the output of the input processor (100100), so that any error occurring over the transmission channel can be corrected, and then the BICM module (100200) performs interleaving.

The frame builder (100300) maps the plurality of PLPs to the transmission frame is cell units, so as to complete the transmission frame (or signal frame) structure.

The OFDM generator (100400) performs OFDM modulation on the input data, so as to generate a baseband signal that can be transmitted to the antenna.

FIG. 9 illustrates a flow chart of a method for receiving a TS in a TS packet unit, sorting (or categorizing) the received TS with respect to each component, and transmitting the sorted (or categorized) TS in component PLP units.

In order to do so, PSI/SI data such as PAT/PMT may be generated, and a PID is added to each table (S100501). At this point, the PID of a PAT is given a fixed value, and the PID of a PMT is signaled to the PAT. The PID of each component, i.e., video, audio, data ES, and so on, is signaled to the PMT. The process step S100501 may be performed in the input pre-processor (100000) or may be performed in another block (not shown) and then delivered to the input pre-processor (100000).

The input pre-processor (100000) uses the PID of each component, which is acquired from the PSI/SI, so as to filter the TS packet and to sort (or categorize) the TS packets in accordance with the media type (i.e., on a component basis) (S100502). In the TS being sorted by a component basis, a position, which was previously occupied by another component, is filled by a null packet. For example, in the video TS, a null packet is inserted in a packet position other than the position of an actual video TS packet. The TSs of each component (i.e., the PLP of each component) having the null packet inserted therein are inputted to the input processor (100100).

The input processor (100100) deletes the null packet other than the valid packets within each TS being outputted from the input pre-processor (100000), and inserts information on the number of deleted null packets (DNPs) with respect to the deleted positions (S100503). Additionally, a synchronization (sync) byte is inserted in front of each DNP byte, so as to allow the receiving end to perform synchronization. Subsequently, the input processor (100100) slices each TS into a predetermined number of bit units, so as to map the sliced bit units to a BB frame payload, and, then, the input processor (100100) inserts a BB header to the BB frame payload, so as to generate a BB frame (S100504).

Moreover, the input processor (100100) performs scheduling in order to map multiple PLPs to the transmission frame, and then the input processor (100100) performs scrambling on the data (i.e., bit stream) within the BB frame (S100505).

The BICM module (100200) adds redundancy to the output of the input processor (100100), so that any error occurring within the transmission channel can be corrected, and then, the BICM module (100200) performs interleaving (S100506).

The frame builder (100300) maps the multiple PLPs being outputted from the BICM module (100200) to the transmission frame in cell units in accordance with the scheduling information, thereby completing the transmission frame (NGH frame) structure (S100507). The OFDM generator (100400) performs OFDM modulation on the data within the transmission frame, thereby transmitting the OFDM-modulated data to the antenna (S100508).

FIG. 10 illustrates a flow chart of a method for receiving an IP stream in an IP packet unit, sorting (or categorizing) the received IP stream with respect to each component, and transmitting the sorted (or categorized) IP stream in component PLP units.

In order to do so, IP packets including IP service information are created (or generated) (S100601). The IP service information may include an NIT, which signals network information, and may include an INT, which includes a listed IP address. The IP service information may correspond to a binary type, and FLUTE encoding or RTP encoding may be omitted. The IP service information is transmitted to a common PLP.

After creating (or generating) bootstrap information for initiation, meta data for service guide, and data for data services (S100602), the created information and data are encoded by using a FLUTE session, thereby being outputted in an IP packet format (S100603). Thereafter, the audio/video (A/V) components are sorted (or differentiated) based upon the RTP media type (S100604), then each of the differentiated (or sorted) components is encoded by using a FLUTE session or an RTP session, thereby being outputted in an IP packet format (S100605).

The process steps S100601˜S100605 may be performed by the input pre-processor (100000), or may be performed in another block (not shown) and then delivered to the input pre-processor (100000).

The input processor (100100) may create PLPs by directly using IP packets that are FLUTE encoded or RTP encoded, or by directly using IP packets bypassing the FLUTE encoding or RTP encoding processes (S100606). More specifically, by omitting the GSE encapsulating process, the overhead may be reduced.

Subsequently, the input processor (100100) slices each IP stream into a predetermined number of bit units, so as to map the sliced bit units to a BB frame payload, and, then, the input processor (100100) inserts a BB header to the BB frame payload, so as to generate a BB frame (S100607).

Moreover, the input processor (100100) performs scheduling in order to map multiple PLPs to the transmission frame, and then the input processor (100100) performs scrambling on the data (i.e., bit stream) within the BB frame (S100505).

The BICM module (100200) adds redundancy to the output of the input processor (100100), so that any error occurring within the transmission channel can be corrected, and then, the BICM module (100200) performs interleaving (S100609).

The frame builder (100300) maps the multiple PLPs being outputted from the BICM module (100200) to the transmission frame in cell units in accordance with the scheduling information, thereby completing the transmission frame (NGH frame) structure (S100610). The OFDM generator (100400) performs OFDM modulation on the data within the transmission frame, thereby transmitting the OFDM-modulated data to the antenna (S100611).

Hereinafter, each block included in the broadcast signal transmitting apparatus of FIG. 6 will hereinafter be described in detail.

As described above, according to an embodiment of the present invention, the input pre-processor (100000) may categorize the data corresponding to the service to each component, and, then, the input pre-processor (100000) may perform data processing, so that the data corresponding to each component can be transmitted to a separate PLP.

The broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus according to the present invention may be transmitted to one or more services in PLP units. However, the components being included in one service may be separated and transmitted in PLP units. In this case, the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus may identify and process the PLPs including each component, so as to be capable of providing a single service. In order to do so, the input pre-processor (100000) according to the present invention processes data in component units.

In the following description of the present invention, an example of generating a PLP by receiving a stream having a TS format and an example of generating a PLP by receiving a stream having an IP format will be separately described.

FIG. 9 illustrates a block diagram of the present invention showing a structure of the input pre-processor receiving a stream having a TS format according to an embodiment of the present invention.

The input pre-processor of FIG. 9 includes a PID filter (101010), a PSI/SI controller (101020), a PSI/SI decoder (101030), a PSI/SI modifying/generating module (101040), a PSI/SI merger (101050), a PAT/PMT merger (101070), component mergers (101090, 101110), and null packet inserting modules (101060, 101080, 101100, 101120).

The input pre-processor differentiates the TS packets included in the TS for each component, and outputs each of the differentiated TS packets to a different PLP. Herein, each TS packet is configured of a header and a payload, and the header includes a Packet Identifier (PID) indicating the data to which the header data correspond. The payload may include any one of a video Elementary Stream (ES), an audio ES, a data ES, and a PSI/SI ES, which are to be transmitted. Additionally, information included in the common PLP may also be referred to as L2 signaling information or L2 information/data, and L1 signaling information may also be referred to as L1 information.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, when the video component is divided into a base layer video component and an enhancement layer video component, the PID of a TS packet including the base layer video component and the PID of a TS packet including the enhancement layer video component are different from one another.

More specifically, the PID filter (101010) filters the TS packets included in the TS by using the PID and then outputs the filtered TS packets through a corresponding PLP path. Since each TS packet is assigned with a PID, which can identify each TS packet, the PID filter (101010) may identify the TS packets corresponding to each component by using the PID and may then output the identified TS packets through a separate PLP path. However, since the PID information should be known in order to perform filtering as described above, the PID filter (101010) first filters the PSI/SI, which is included in the TS packet. The PSI/SI decoder (101030) decodes the PSI/SI information, which is filtered by the PID filter (101010), so as to acquire PID information. For example, a PAT having the PID fixed to ‘0’ includes PID information of the PMT and PID information of the NIT, and the PMT includes PID information, such as video, audio, data ES, and so on, corresponding to each component.

Additionally, the PSI/SI controller (101020) may use the acquired PID information so as to control the PID filter (101010), thereby filtering the data corresponding to the wanted (or desired) component for each PID and outputting the filtered data. Since the PSI/SI included in the TS are transmitted by using a predetermined PID, the filtering and data processing procedures may be performed without setting up a separate PID filter (101010).

As described above, the PID filter (101010) filters the TS packet for each component and outputs each of the filtered TS packets through its respective PLP path. For example, a TS corresponding to the video component, a TS corresponding to the audio component, and a TS corresponding to the data component are each outputted to the respective component merger (101090, 101110). And, the component mergers (101090, 101110) merge the inputted TS packets so as to configure each component PLP. For example, the component merger (101090) may receive only the TS packets corresponding to a base layer video component, or may receive both the TS packets corresponding to a base layer video component and the TS packets corresponding to an enhancement layer video component. Then, the component merger (101090) may merge the received TS packets, so as to configure a single component PLP. Furthermore, TS packets including the PAT/PMT being filtered by and outputted from the PID filter (101010) are outputted to the PAT/PMT merger (101070), so as to be merged.

Thus, when configuring the PLP for each component as described above, even if the receiver scans a channel, the receiver may not be capable of searching all of the data corresponding to a single service. More specifically, unlike the method of configuring a PLP for each service and identifying the configured PLP by using the PSI/SI, since the PLP is configured for each component configuring a service in the present invention, a component PLP that does not include PSI/SI may exist. Accordingly, in the present invention, in order to locate component PLPs configuring a service, PSI/SI, such as a PAT/PMT is added to an arbitrary PLP among the component PLPs configuring the corresponding service, and a component PLP having service configuration information, such as the above-mentioned PAT/PMT will hereinafter be referred to as a base PLP. When the receiver scans and decodes the base PLP, since information on the remaining component PLPs for providing a service may be known, the above-described problem may be resolved.

The PSI/SI modifying/generating module (101040) modifies or generates PSI/SI that is to be modified or added, such as NIT, SDT, and so on, and then outputs the modified or generated PSI/SI. For example, in the above-described component PLP structure, since the base PLP includes information on the service configuration, such information on the service configuration or information on the base PLP is required to be signaled. The input pre-processor may signal the information on the base PLP to at least any one of L1 signaling information and L2 signaling information (common PLP). When signaling the information on the base PLP to the L2 signaling information, the PSI/SI modifying/generating module (101040) may signal the information on the base PLP to an NIT/SDT_other or a PAT/PMT. The information on the base PLP may include information for searching the base PLP, information required for extracting the base PLP and decoding the extracted base PLP, information on a PAT/PMT respective to the service configuration included in the base PLP. Additionally, according to the embodiment of the present invention, information on components for a service having high picture quality/high sound quality, such as SVC, MPEG surround, and so on, is signaled to the L1 signaling information.

The SDT may be indicated as SDT_actual and SDT_other, and the EIT may be indicated as EIT_actual and EIT_other. Herein, the SDT_actual/EIT_actual may each indicate that the service/event indicated by the respective information corresponds to service/event included in the current frame or TS, and the SDT_other/EIT_other may each indicate that the service/event corresponds to service/event included in another frame or TS. In case the PSI/SI extracted from the TS includes a common PLP, the PSI/SI modifying/generating module (101040) may also modify the SDT_actual to an SDT_other or may modify the EIT_actual to an EIT_other.

The PSI/SI merger (101050) merges the signaling information being outputted from the PSI/SI modifying/generating module (101040) and the signaling information being outputted from the PID filter (101010).

The null packet inserting modules (101060, 101080, 101100, 101120) respectively insert a null packet to a place (or positions) where another component has been located, so that each component can maintain synchronization within the TS. Accordingly, a common PLP is outputted from null packet inserting module (101060), and a base PLP is outputted from null packet inserting module (101080). Additionally, the corresponding component PLPs are outputted from null packet inserting modules (101100, 101120). Herein, the respective component may correspond to a video component, an audio component, a data component, and so on.

As shown in FIG. 9, the input pre-processor, among the inputted TS data, may output data including the PSI/SI through a common PLP path, may output data corresponding to a component PLP, which includes service configuration information, through a base PLP path, and may output data corresponding each of the other components through a corresponding component PLP path, and the data corresponding to each of the above-mentioned PLP path may also be referred to as PLP data or PLP.

The input pre-processor may signal the information on the components, which are configured as described above, to the L1 signaling information, so that components can be extracted in PLP units in accordance with the receiver type. In other words, when a service type is selected in accordance with the receiver type, the receiver shall process the components corresponding to the selected service. In the present invention, since the PLP is configured for each component, information on such PLP structure should be included in the L1 signaling information, so that the receiver can extract and process the components corresponding to the service. Therefore, the input pre-processor may perform control operations enabling information on the component PLP structure to be signaled to the L1 signaling information.

(a) and (b) of FIG. 10 illustrate a example of configuring a PLP in component units in an input pre-processor according to the present invention.

In (a) of FIG. 10, the TS (102010) being configured of TS packets indicate a TS being inputted to the input-pre-processor of FIG. 9. And, each TS packet includes one of data corresponding to an audio component, data corresponding to a video component, data corresponding to a data component, and data corresponding to a PSI/SI component.

The input pre-processor of FIG. 9 performs the above-described pre-processing procedure on the TS packets included in the TS stream (102010), so as to differentiate the TS packets for each component, thereby outputting each of the differentiated TS packets to a different PLP path.

For example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 10, TS packets including NIT, SDT, EIT are outputted through a common PLP path, thereby configuring a common TS (102020, TS_Common), and TS packets including data of the video component are outputted through a video component PLP path, thereby configuring a video component TS (102030, TS_Video). Additionally, the TS packets including data of the audio component are outputted through an audio component PLP path, thereby configuring an audio component TS (102040, TS_Audio), and the TS packets including data of the data component and PAT/PMT information are outputted through a data component PLP path, thereby configuring a data component TS (102050, TS_Other). In another example, TS packets including data of 2 or more components may be outputted through a single PLP path, so as to configure a single TS. In yet another example, TS packets including data of a specific component respective to multiple services may be outputted through a single PLP path, so as to configure a single TS.

Also, when the input pre-processor separates TS packets, each being configured a different component, such as audio, video, data, and so on, to each component, in order to maintain synchronization among each component, the input pre-processor may insert a null packet in the position of another component in each component TS.

For example, the common TS (102020) inserts a null packet in a position of a TS packet (or TS packet position) including audio, video, Data, PAT, PMT, and the video component TS (102030) inserts a null packet in a position of a TS packet (or TS packet position) including audio, NIT, SDT, EIT, Data, PAT, PMT. Moreover, the audio component TS (102040) inserts a null packet in a position of a TS packet (or TS packet position) including video, NIT, SDT, EIT, Data, PAT, PMT, and the data component TS (102050) inserts a null packet in a position of a TS packet (or TS packet position) including audio, video, NIT, SDT, EIT. The insertion of the null packet is performed by the null packet inserting modules (101060, 101080, 101100, 101120) of FIG. 9. Each of the TSs of each component, having a null packet included therein, is outputted to the input processor (100100).

For simplicity in the description of the present invention, the common TS (102020) having a null packet inserted therein may also be referred to as a common PLP (or PLP data), and the video component TS (102030) having a null packet inserted therein may also be referred to as a video component PLP (or PLP data). Additionally, the audio component TS (102040) having a null packet inserted therein may also be referred to as an audio PLP (or PLP data), and the data component TS (102050) having a null packet inserted therein may also be referred to as a data component PLP (or PLP data).

(a) and (b) of FIG. 11 illustrate another example of configuring a PLP in component units in an input pre-processor according to the present invention.

(a) of FIG. 11 shows an example of TSs being outputted for each component from the input pre-processor (100000), and (b) of FIG. 11 shows an example of TSs being outputted for each component from the input processor (100100).

The input processor (100100) deletes null packets other than the valid packets from each TS being outputted from the input pre-processor (100000). And, then, the input processor (100100) inserts information on a number of Deleted null packet (DNP) in accordance with the deleted positions. More specifically, the null packets other than the valid packets are reduced to DNP bytes in each TS.

Referring to each component PLP in (b) of FIG. 11, it will be apparent that a null packet is deleted from each TS, and that a DNP byte indicating the number of deleted null packets are inserted instead. Additionally, it will also be apparent that a synchronization byte for matching the synchronization in the receiving end is inserted before each DNP byte.

For simplicity in the description of the present invention, as shown in (b) of FIG. 11, a common TS having a null packet deleted therefrom and having a DNP byte inserted therein may also be referred to as a common PLP (or PLP data), and a video component TS having a null packet deleted therefrom and having a DNP byte inserted therein may also be referred to as a video component PLP (or PLP data). Additionally, an audio component TS having a null packet deleted therefrom and having a DNP byte inserted therein may also be referred to as an audio component PLP (or PLP data), and a data component TS having a null packet deleted therefrom and having a DNP byte inserted therein may also be referred to as a data component PLP (or PLP data).

FIG. 12 illustrates a flow chart showing a pre-processing method of a broadcasting signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.

FIG. 12 shows an exemplary method of having the input pre-processor (100000) of FIG. 9 separate (or divide) the TS in component units and having the input pre-processor (100000) output data of the separated component unit to each separate PLP path.

The input pre-processor (100000) uses the PID filter (101010), so as to filter the TS packets including PAT/PMT from an input TS (S105010). Since the PAT/PMT is transmitted as a static PID from the corresponding TS packet, filtering may be performed without any separate PID filter settings. Also, the PID of the PMT may be acquired from the PAT.

The input pre-processor (100000) uses the PSI/SI decoder (101030), so as to decode the filtered PAT/PMT, thereby acquiring PID information on each component (S105020). Moreover, the PSI/SI controller (101020) sets up the PID filter (101010) by using the decoded PID information, so as to filter the TS packets for each component, thereby outputting the filtered TS packets (S105030).

The input pre-processor (100000) may perform other operations in accordance with the component type (S105040).

When the component type corresponds to the PSI/SI, i.e., when the component type corresponds to common PLP data, the input pre-processor (100000) determines whether or not the PSI/SI requires to be modified (S105050). And, when modification is required, the corresponding PSI/SI is generated or modified (S105050). Additionally, the input pre-processor (100000) may use the PSI/SI modifying/generating module (101040), so as to signal information on a base PLP to the NIT/SDT_other or PAT/PMT as described above in the description of FIG. 9, and to modify NIT, SDT, EIT information. Moreover, the input pre-processor (100000) may use the PSI/SI merger (101050), so as to merge signaling information that should be included in the PSI/SI component (S105070).

When the component type does not correspond to the PSI/SI, i.e., when the component type corresponds to component PLP data, the input pre-processor (100000) determines whether or not the data corresponds to a base PLP among the component PLPs (S105100). In case of the data respective to the base PLP, the input pre-processor (100000) merges the PAT/PMT with the data included in the base PLP, and such information on the base PLP is signaled to the L2 signaling information. In this step, the L2 signaling information may be determined to signal information on the base PLP to the NIT/SDT_other or PAT/PMT, and the PAT/PMT may be determined to signal service configuration information respective to the component structure. And, this may be performed along with the above-described step (S105060).

The input pre-processor (100000) uses the PAT/PMT merger (101070), so as to merge the PAT/PMT including the service configuration information to the base PLP data (S105120). Additionally, the input pre-processor (100000) may determine a physical PLP parameter based upon the component type, so that the physical PLP parameter can be signaled to the L1 signaling information (S105130). In other words, the input pre-processor (100000) may signal information on the component PLP structure to the L1 signaling information, so that the receiver can process the component PLP corresponding to the service.

The input pre-processor (100000) inserts a null packet in PLP data, which are processed in accordance with the component type (S105080). The null packet insertion procedure is identical to the procedure described with reference to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10. Each set of component PLP data having the null packet inserted therein is outputted to a respective PLP path (S105090).

Hereinafter, the input pre-processor processing data having an IP stream format will hereinafter be described in detail.

In case of an IP stream, unlike the description presented above, the data corresponding to the component may be divided in IP packet units. And, the PSI/SI included in the TS may correspond to service information, and the IP service information may include ESG (Electronic Service Guide; ESG) information, provider information, bootstrap information, and so on. The ESG information may include IP address information, port number information, and so on of the service component and it may be referred to as meta data. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the IP stream may be inputted/outputted in GSE (Generic Stream Encapsulation) stream units.

FIG. 13 illustrates a block diagram showing the structure of an input pre-processor receiving a stream having an IP format according to an embodiment of the present invention.

The input pre-processor (100000) of FIG. 13 includes a UDP/IP filter (106010), an IP service controller (106020), an IP service information decoder (106030), an IP service information modifying/generating module (106040), an IP stream merger (106050), GSE encapsulating modules (106060, 106080, 106100, 106120), component mergers (106070, 106090, 106110), and a GSE decapsulating module (106130).

The input pre-processor (100000) of FIG. 13 receives a GSE stream or IP stream and differentiates the data included in the received stream for each component, thereby outputting the differentiated data to a different PLP. At this point, a PLP including IP service information may be referred to as a common PLP, and the common PLP may also be referred to as L2 signaling information or L2 information/data. The L1 signaling information may also be referred to as L1 information.

In the present invention, the GSE stream is inputted to the GSE decapsulation module (106130), and the IP stream is inputted to the UDP/IP filter (106010). The GSE decapsulation module (106130) performs GSE decapsulation on the GSE stream, so as to extract an IP stream, thereby outputting the extracted IP stream to the UDP/IP filter (106010).

The UDP/IP filter (106010) may use a UDP port number and an IP address, and so on, so as to perform filtering on the IP packets, which are included in the IP stream, for each component, thereby outputting the filtered IP packets. Since a UDP port number and an IP address are assigned (or allocated) to each of the IP packets for each component, which are included in the IP stream, the UDP/IP filter (106010) may use the UDP port number and IP address so as to identify the IP packet corresponding to each component, thereby outputting each of the identified IP packets to a separate PLP path. Hereinafter, such UDP port number and IP address may also be collectively referred to as an address or address information.

However, since a UDP port number and an IP address should be known in order to perform such filtering process, the UDP/IP filter (106010) first filters the IP service information included in the IP stream. Then, the IP service information decoder (106030) decodes the IP service information, which is filtered by the UDP/IP filter (106010), so as to acquire address information. At this point, the address information may be acquired from the ESG information among the IP service information. Additionally, the IP service controller (106020) may use the address information, which is acquired from the IP service information decoder (106030), so as to control the UDP/IP filter (106010) and to filter the IP packet corresponding to a desired component for each address, thereby outputting the filtered IP packet. Since the IP service information, which is included in the IP stream, is transmitted to a predetermined address, an immediate filtering process may be performed without any separate settings of the UDP/IP filter (106010).

The UDP/IP filter (106010) first filters the IP packets included in the IP stream for each component and then outputs the filters IP packets to a respective component merger through each PLP path. For example, IP packets corresponding to the video component are outputted to the component merger (106070), IP packets corresponding to the audio component are outputted to the component merger (106090), and IP packets corresponding to the data component are outputted to the component merger (106110). The component mergers (106070, 106090, 106110) merge the IP packets of the corresponding component. If the stream being inputted to the input pre-processor corresponds to a stream having a GSE format, the output of the component mergers (106070, 106090, 106110) is outputted as a GSE stream, after being GSE encapsulated by each GSE encapsulating module. And, if the corresponding stream has an IP format, the GSE encapsulating process may be omitted.

When configuring the PLP for each component as described above, the receiver may not be capable of searching all of the data corresponding to a single service, even when the channel is scanned. More specifically, unlike the method of configuring a PLP for each service and identifying the configured PLP as IP service information, since the PLP is configured for each component configuring a service, a component PLP that does not include any IP service information may exist in the present invention. Therefore, in the present invention, service configuration information is added to the IP service information so that the component PLPs corresponding to a service can be located and found.

The IP service information modifying/generating module (106040) may modify or generate IP service information that should be modified or added, such as ESG information, service provider information, bootstrap information, and so on and may, then, output the modified or generated IP service information. For example, service configuration information configuring a PLP for each component may be signaled to the ESG information.

The IP stream merger (106050) merges IP service information modified/generated by the IP service information modifying/generating module (106040) and IP service information, such as supplemental information, which does not require any modification, thereby outputting the merged IP service information to a common PLP path.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, since an IP address and a UDP port number are each assigned (or allocated) in IP packet units to the IP stream, the null packet inserting modules shown in FIG. 9 may be omitted.

As shown in FIG. 13, the input pre-processor may receive an IP stream (or GSE stream) and may output data including IP service information to a common PLP path and may output data corresponding to each component to a component PLP path. Accordingly, as described above, the data corresponding to each PLP path may also be referred to as PLP data or PLP.

The input pre-processor may signal information on the components, which are configured as described above, to the L1 signaling information, so that components can be extracted in PLP units in accordance with the receiver type. More specifically, when a service type is selected in accordance with the receiver, the receiver shall process the components corresponding to the selected service. In the present invention, since a PLP is configured for each component, the information on such PLP configuration is signaled to the L1 signaling information, thereby allowing the receiver to extract the components corresponding to the selected service and to process the extracted components. Accordingly, the input pre-processor may generate information on the PLP configuration, so as to perform control operations enabling the generated information to be included in the L1 signaling information.

FIG. 14 illustrates an example of configuring a PLP in component units in an input pre-processor according to another embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 14, an IP stream (107010) being configured of IP packets indicates an IP stream being inputted to the UDP/IP filter (106010) of the input pre-processor shown in FIG. 13. And, each IP packet includes one of audio component data, video component data, data component data, and IP service information component data.

The input pre-processor of FIG. 14 performs the above-described pre-processing procedure on the IP packets included in the IP stream (107010), so as to differentiate the pre-processed IP packets for each component, thereby outputting each of the differentiated IP packets through a different PLP path.

For example, IP packets including NIT, INT, bootstrap, ESG information are outputted through a common PLP path, thereby configuring a common IP (107020, IP_Common), and IP packets including data of the video component are outputted through a video component PLP path, thereby configuring a video component IP (107030, IP_Video). Additionally, the IP packets including data of the audio component are outputted through an audio component PLP path, thereby configuring an audio component IP (107040, IP_Audio), and the IP packets including data of the data component are outputted through a data component PLP path, thereby configuring a data component IP (107050, IP_Data). In another example, IP packets including data of 2 or more components may be outputted through a single PLP path, so as to configure a single IP. In yet another example, IP packets including data of a specific component respective to multiple services may be outputted through a single PLP path, so as to configure a single IP.

At this point, unlike in the TS-based broadcasting, in the IP-based broadcasting, a PLP is directly configured without performing null packet inserting or deleting processes. This is because a null packet is not required in the IP stream.

For simplicity in the description of the present invention, a common IP stream (107020) may be referred to as a common PLP (or PLP data), and a video component IP stream (107030) may be referred to as a video component PLP (or PLP data). Additionally, an audio component IP stream (107040) may be referred to as an audio component PLP (or PLP data), and a data component IP stream (107050) may be referred to as a data component PLP (or PLP data).

Based upon the characteristics of the IP streams, the IP streams of each PLP path of FIG. 14 are not required to maintain the same synchronization or order.

FIG. 15 illustrates a flow chart showing a pre-processing method of a broadcasting signal according to another embodiment of the present invention.

FIG. 15 shows a processing method of the above-described input pre-processor (100000) of FIG. 13, so that an IP stream can be divided in component units, and so that each set of component unit data can be outputted to a different PLP path.

In case the input stream corresponds to a GSE stream, the input pre-processor (100000) may use the GSE decapsulating module (106130), so as to decapsulate the GSE stream to an IP stream (S109010). In case the input stream corresponds to an IP stream, this process step (S109010) may be omitted.

The input pre-processor (100000) may use the UDP/IP filter (106010), so as to filter the ESG information of the input IP stream (S109020). Since the ESG information is transmitted from an IP stream to a predetermined address, a filtering procedure may be performed without any separate filter set-up.

The input pre-processor (100000) may use the IP service information decoder (106030), so as to decode the ESG information, which is filtered by the UDP/IP filter (106010) and to acquire address information respective to each component included in the IP stream (S109030). Thereafter, the IP service controller (106020) may set up the UDP/IP filter (106010) by using the address information, which is acquired in step (S109030), so as to filter data for each component and to output the filtered data (S109040).

The input pre-processor (100000) performs another operation in accordance with the component type of the corresponding data (S109050).

In case the component type corresponds to IP service information, i.e., when the component type corresponds to common PLP data, the input pre-processor (100000) may determine whether or not the IP service information requires modification (S109060). Thereafter, when modification is required, the corresponding IP service information (ESG information, bootstrap information, provider information, and so on) may be generated or modified (S109070). Then, by using the IP stream merger (106050), IP service information that are to be included in the data, which are transmitted to the common PLP, are merged (S109090).

In case the component type does not correspond to IP service information, i.e., in case the component type corresponds to component PLP data, the input pre-processor (100000) sets up a physical parameter based upon the component type, thereby enabling the physical parameter to be signaled to the L1 signaling information (S109080). In other words, the input pre-processor (100000) may signal information on a component PLP structure to the L1 signaling information, so that the receiver can process the component PLP corresponding to the service in accordance with the component structure of the present invention.

In case the output data format corresponds to a GSE stream, the input pre-processor (100000) performs GSE encapsulation on the processed PLP data in accordance with the component type (S109100). In case the output data format corresponds to an IP GSE stream, this step may also be omitted. Each set of the component PLP data may be outputted to a different PLP path (S109110).

The output of the input pre-processor (100000) is outputted to the input processor (100100).

In the description of the present invention, TS or IP or GSE streams may be converted to n+1 number of streams that can be independently processed through the input pre-processor (100000) or the input processor (100100). At this point, the stream that is to be independently processed may correspond to a complete (or whole) TS stream including a plurality of service components, and may also correspond to a TS stream of a minimum unit including only one service component (e.g., video or audio, and so on). Similarly, the stream that is to be independently processed may correspond to a complete (or whole) GSE stream including a plurality of service components or a GSE stream including only one service component. Furthermore, the stream that is to be independently processed may also correspond to a complete (or whole) IP stream including a plurality of service components or an IP stream including only one service component.

FIG. 16 illustrates a block diagram showing an exemplary structure of an input processor (100100) according to an embodiment of the present invention.

Herein, FIG. 16 shows an exemplary embodiment of an input processor (100100), wherein the number of input streams is equal to 1. When the number of input streams is equal to 1, the input processor (100100) may include an input interface module (110100), a CRC-8 encoder (110200), a BB header inserter (110400), a padding inserter (110400), and a BB scrambler (110500). In the description of FIG. 16, the input interface module (110100), the CRC-8 encoder (110200), and the BB header inserter (110400) will be collectively referred to as a mode adaptation module, and the padding inserter (110400) and the BB scrambler (110500) will be collectively referred to as a stream adaptation module.

The input interface module (110100) maps an input stream in internal logical-bit format for performing FEC (BCH/LDDC) encoding in a BICM module (100200). More specifically, the interface module (110100) slices the input stream to bit units corresponding to a number of bits required for generating a BB (Base Band or Broadband) frame, so as to map into a BB frame payload. The CRC-8 encoder (110200) performs CRC encoding on the BB frame payload outputted from the interface module (110100), and the BB header inserter (110300) inserts a header having a fixed size to a fore-end portion of the BB frame payload, which is processed with CRC encoding, to generate a BB frame.

In case a data size of the inputted bit stream is smaller than a BB frame designated to FEC, the padding inserter (110400) may insert a padding bit to the BB frame, in order to configure the BB frame. The BB scrambler (110500) may perform a bitwise XOR (Exclusive OR) operation on a bit stream of the BB frame by using a PRBS (Pseudo Random Binary Sequence), so as to perform randomization. The operations of the BB scrambler (110500) may reduce PAPR (Peak-to-Average Power Ratio) of an OFDM modulation signal transmitted finally.

FIG. 17 illustrates a block diagram showing an exemplary structure of a mode adaptation module of an input processor (100100) respective to a multi PLP input according to another embodiment of the present invention. More specifically, FIG. 17 shows an embodiment of a mode adaptation module of the input processor (100100) processing a plurality of PLPs when a type of input stream is a TS format.

The mode adaptation module may include n+1 number of input interface modules (111200-0˜n), n+1 number of input stream sync modules (111210-0˜n), n+1 number of delay compensators (111220-0˜n), n+1 number of null packet deleters (111230-0˜n), n+1 number of CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) encoders (111240-0˜n), and n+1 number of BB header inserters (111250-0˜n) operating in parallel to perform mode adaptation on each PLP of the plurality of PLPs.

According to the broadcast signal transmitting apparatus of the present invention, by including signaling information that can be commonly applied to multiple PLPs, such as a transport layer signal of an MPEG-TS, in a single PLP, and by transmitting the processed PLP, the transmission efficiency may be increased. As shown in FIG. 17, the PLP0 performs such function, and, in the description of the present invention, such PLP is referred to as a common PLP. The remaining P number of PLPs excluding the PLP-0, shown in FIG. 17, may be used for performing data transmission. And, in the description of the present invention, such PLP is referred to as a data PLP. Herein, the example given in FIG. 17 is merely exemplary, and, therefore, a plurality of common PLPs, such as PLP0 of FIG. 17, may be used in the present invention.

The input interface modules (111200-0˜n) may slice the input stream of the corresponding PLP to a number of bits required for generating the BB frame (Base Band frame), so as to map into a BB frame payload.

The input stream sync modules (111210-0˜n) generate sync timing information required to recovery TS or GS streams in a receiver and insert the sync timing information into a BB frame payload. Furthermore, when the receiver performs service recovery, the input stream sync modules (11210-0˜n) may generate sync timing information based upon all delays that may occur in the respective channels and transmission processed, so that the corresponding service can be recovered to the initial timing. Herein, the sync timing information may correspond to an ISCR (Input Stream Clock Reference) information. Moreover, the input stream sync modules (111210-0˜n) synchronize in the receiver by adding a sync byte.

When multiple PLPs exist, the delay compensators (111220-0˜n) may compensate the delay difference between each PLP, so that the frame can be efficiently configured. More specifically, based upon the sync timing information inserted by the input stream sync modules (111210-0˜n), the delay compensators (111220-0˜n) may delay data on PLPs of group units so as to synchronize the PLPs.

In case of a VBR (variable bit rate) service, the null packet deleters (111230-0˜n) may delete the inserted null packets, so as to increase the transmission efficiency. At this point, a number of deleted null packets (DNPs) may be inserted in the deleted positions, so as to be transmitted.

The CRC encoders (111240-0˜n) performs CRC encoding on the corresponding frame, in order to enhance the transmission reliability of the BB frame payload, thereby adding CRC data.

The BB header inserters (111250-0˜n) inserts a header having a fixed size on a fore-end portion of the corresponding BB frame payload, so that the format of the data field can be identified. Herein, the header may include diverse information, such as Mode Adaptation Type information indicating whether the stream type the of corresponding stream corresponds to a TS, an IP, or a GS, User Packet Length information, Data Field Length information, User Packet Sync Byte information, start address information of a User Packet Sync Byte included in the data field, a high efficiency mode indicator, an input stream sync field, and so on.

FIG. 17 shows an exemplary case when the input stream type corresponds to a TS, and if the input stream type corresponds to an IP stream or a GSE stream, the delay compensators (111220-0˜n) and the null packet removers (111230-0˜n) may be omitted. For example, since the IP packet is buffered and reproduced in the receiver in accordance with a time stamp, the data are not required to be delayed, and the null packet is not required to be added/deleted. Furthermore, in accordance with the characteristics of the IP streams, the IP streams of each PLP path are not required to maintain synchronization or the same order. Therefore, input stream sync modules (111210-0˜n) may be omitted. And, since each of the IP streams has its own CRC, CRC bytes are not required to be added to the IP streams. Thus, CRC encoders (111240-0˜n) may also be omitted. Accordingly, in the operations of the input processor of FIG. 17, the input stream sync modules (111210-0˜n), the delay compensators (111220-0˜n), the null packet removers (111230-0˜n), and CRC encoders (111240-0˜n) may be omitted, or, in case of the IP stream or GSE stream, the blocks may be bypassed.

FIG. 18 illustrates an exemplary structure of a stream adaptation module of an input processor (100100) respective to a multi PLP input according to another embodiment of the present invention.

The stream adaptation module may include a scheduler (120300), n+1 number of frame delayers (130100-0˜n), n+1 number of in-band signaling/padding inserters (130200-0˜n), and n+1 number of BB scramblers (130300-0˜n). Furthermore, the stream adaptation module may include L1 signaling generator (130400), two BB scramblers (130500-0, 130500-1) for processing L1 signaling information.

The scheduler (120300) may perform scheduling in order to allocate multiple PLPs to each slot of a transmission frame.

In case the system uses a MIMO method, the scheduler (120300) may include a scheduler for dual polarity MIMO. More specifically, the scheduler (120300) may generate parameters that can be used by a DEMUX, a cell interleaver, a time interleaver of the BICM module (100200). Herein, examples of such parameters may include parameters related to a polarity path, such as an H-path and a V-path. Furthermore, the scheduler (120300) enables a cell mapper to map input cells according to scheduling by outputting L1-dynamic signaling information on a current frame, apart from in-band signaling.

The frame delayers (130100-0˜n) may delay input data by one transmission frame, so that scheduling information respective to a next frame can be transmitted through a current frame, in order to perform in-band signaling.

The in-band signaling/padding inserters (130200-0˜n) insert the non-delayed L1-dynamic signaling information to the data being delayed by one transmission frame. In this case, if surplus space exists within the input data, a padding bit may be inserted in the surplus space, or in-band signaling information may be inserted in the surplus space.

In order to minimize the correlation between transmission bit sequences, the BB scramblers (130300-0˜n) perform XOR operation on the input bit stream and PRBS, which are outputted from the in-band signaling/padding inserters (130200-0˜n), so as to randomize the input bit stream. After performing the scrambling procedure, the PAPR of the OFDM modulation signal, which is finally transmitted, may be reduced.

Additionally, in addition to in-band signaling, the scheduler (120300) may transmit L1-dynamic signaling information of the current frame to the cell mapper of the frame builder. The cell mapper uses the inputted information, so as to map the input cells to the transmission frame.

In addition to the in-band signaling information, the L1 signaling generator (130400) generates L1 signaling information, which is transmitted through a preamble symbol of the transmission frame or a data symbol, which is being spread. Such L1 signaling information includes L1-pre-signaling information and L1-post-signaling information. The L1 signaling generator (130400) outputs each of the L1-pre-signaling information and the L1-post-signaling information. At this point, the L1-pre-signaling information may be scrambled by the BB scrambler (130500-0), and the L1-post-signaling information may be scrambled by the BB scrambler (130500-1), both by performing XOR operation with the PRBS. According to another embodiment of the present invention, the L1 signaling generator (130400) may output the L1 signaling information, which includes the L1-pre-signaling information and the L1-post-signaling information, and one BB scrambler may also scramble the outputted L1 signaling information.

A stream adaption module respective to multi PLP input of FIG. 18 is different from a stream adaptation module respective to a single PLP input of FIG. 16 in that a scheduler (120300), n+1 number of frame delayers (130100-0˜n), n+1 number of in-band scheduling/padding inserters (130200-0˜n), and so on are added to the stream adaption module respective to multi PLP input of FIG. 18.

Meanwhile, in the present invention, the MISO method may be independently applied for each set of PLP data, and the MIMO method may also be applied.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, the BICM module may perform MIMO encoding on the MIMO PLP data that are to be transmitted by using the MIMO method, and the OFDM generator may perform MISO encoding on the MISO PLP data that are to be transmitted by using the MISO method. According to another embodiment of the present invention, the BICM module may perform MIMO encoding on the MIMO PLP data that are to be transmitted by using the MIMO method, and the BICM module may also perform MISO encoding on the MISO PLP data that are to be transmitted by using the MISO method. In this case, the MISO encoding process may be omitted in the OFDM generator.

FIG. 19 illustrates a block diagram showing the structure of a BICM module (100200) according to an embodiment of the present invention. Herein, the BICM module performs bit interleaving on the multiple sets input-processed PLP data, the L1-pre-signaling information, and the L1-post-signaling information and performs encoding for error correction.

For this, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the BICM module of FIG. 19 includes a first BICM encoding block (130600) processing MISO PLP data, a second BICM encoding block (130700) processing MIMO PLP data, and a third BICM encoding block (130800) processing signaling information. The third BICM encoding block (130800) then includes a first encoding block for processing L1-pre-signaling information and a second encoding block for processing L1-post-signaling information.

The signaling information may be processed with MISO or MIMO processing by the OFDM generator. However, since the signaling information includes information that are required by the receiver in order to recover the PLP data included in the transmission frame, a greater robustness between the transmission and the reception as compared to that of the PLP data is required. Therefore, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the OFDM generator may process the signaling information by using the MISO method.

Hereinafter, the data processing method of each block will be described.

The first BICM encoding block (130600) includes an FEC (Forward Error Correction) encoder (131100-0), a bit interleaver (131200-0), a demux (131300-0), a constellation mapper (131400-0), a cell interleaver (131600-0), and a time interleaver (131700-0).

The FEC encoder (131100-0) adds a redundancy to an input bit stream, so that the receiver can perform correction on an error occurring on the transmission channel with respect to input processed PLP data and may, then, perform bit stream encoding at a coding rate, such as ¼, ⅓, ⅖. For example, the FEC encoder (131100-0) may use a BCH (Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocquengham)/LDPC (Low Density Parity Check) code, so as to add redundancy for error correction and to perform encoding.

The bit interleaver (131200-0) may perform bit interleaving in a single FEC block unit on the PLP data, which are processed with FEC encoding, so that the error can have robustness against a burst error, which may occur during transmission. In this case, the bit interleaver (131200-0) may perform bit interleaving by using two FEC block units. And, as described above, when bit interleaving is performed by using two FEC block units, cells forming a pair in the frame builder, which will be described later on, may each be generated from a different FEC block. Therefore, the broadcasting signal receiver may ensure diversity so as to enhance the receiving performance.

The demux (131300-0) performs demultiplexing in a single FEC block unit. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the demux (131300-0) may adjust the order of the bits configuring a cell, so as to control the robustness of the bit, thereby outputting the cell including the bits. More specifically, the demux (131300-0) adjusts the bit output order in order to perform dispersed positioning on the distribution of the data reliability, which is generated during the LDPC encoding process, when the constellation mapper (131400-0) performs symbol mapping in a later process. The demux (131300-0) may perform demultiplexing by using two FEC blocks. As described above, when demultiplexing is performed by using two FEC blocks, the cells configuring a pair in the frame builder, which will be described in detail later on, may each be generated from a different FEC block. Therefore, the receiver may ensure diversity, so as to gain a more enhanced receiving performance.

The constellation mapper (131400-0) maps the demultiplexed bit unit PLP data to the constellation. In this case, the constellation mapper (131400-0) may rotate the constellation by a predetermined angle in accordance with the modulation type. The rotated constellations may be expressed as an I-phase (In-phase) element and a Q-phase (Quadrature-phase) element, and the constellation mapper (131400-0) may delay only the Q-phase element by an arbitrary value. Thereafter, the constellation mapper (131400-0) may use the In-phase element and the delayed Q-phase element, so as to remap the demultiplexed PLP data to a new constellation.

The cell interleaver (131600-0) may perform interleaving in cell units on the PLP data mapped or remapped to the constellation, and the time interleaver (131700-0) may perform interleaving on the cell-interleaved PLP data in time units, so as to output the time-interleaved PLP data to the frame builder. In this case, the time interleaver (131700-0) may perform interleaving by using 2 FEC blocks. By performing this procedure, since the cells configuring a pair in the frame builder, which will be described later on, may each be generated from a different FEC block, the receiver may ensure diversity so as to enhance the receiving performance.

The second BICM encoding block (130700) includes an FEC encoder (131100-1), a bit interleaver (131200-1), a demux (131300-1), a first constellation mapper (131400-1) and a second constellation mapper (131400-2), an MIMO encoder (131500-1), a first cell interleaver (131600-1), a second cell interleaver (131600-2), a first time interleaver (131700-1) and a second time interleaver (131700-2). The FEC encoder (131100-1) and the bit interleaver (132100-1) perform the same functions as the FEC encoder (131100-0) and the bit interleaver (131200-0) of the first BICM encoding block (130600).

The demux (131300-1) may perform the same functions as the demux (131300-0) of the first BICM encoding block (130600) and may additionally perform demultiplexing on the PLP data, so as to output the demultiplexed PLP data through 2 input paths, which are required for the MIMO transmission. In this case, the transmission characteristics of the data being transmitted through each input path may be identical to one another or may be different from one another.

For example, in case the transmission characteristics of the data being transmitted through each of the 2 input paths are different from one another, the demux (131300-1) may randomly allocate (or assign) bit words of the PLP data corresponding to the cell, which is included in one FEC block, to each input path.

In another example, in case the transmission characteristics of the data being transmitted through each of the 2 input paths are identical to one another, the second constellation mapper (131400-2), the second cell interleaver (131600-2), and the second time interleaver (131700-2), which are marked in dotted lines may not be used.

The first constellation mapper (131400-1) and the second constellation mapper (131400-2) perform the same functions as the constellation mapper (131400-0) of the first BICM encoding block (130600).

The MIMO encoder (131500-1) may apply a MIMO encoding matrix on the PLP data, which are mapped to the first constellation mapper (131400-1) and the second constellation mapper (131400-2), so as to perform MIMO encoding on the processed data, thereby outputting the MIMO encoded data to 2 paths. The MIMO encoding method will be described in more detail later on.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, the first cell interleaver (131400-1) and the second cell interleaver (131400-2) may perform cell interleaving only on the PLP data corresponding to half the size of an FEC block, among the PLP data being MIMO encoded and inputted through each path. Accordingly, the cell interleaving process performed by the first cell interleaver (131400-1) and the second cell interleaver (131400-2) may have the same effect as the interleaving procedure performed by the cell interleaver (131400-0) of the MISO method included in the first BICM encoding block (130600). Additionally, the first cell interleaver (131400-1) and the second cell interleaver (131400-2) are advantageous in that additional memory are not assigned (or allocated) to the first cell interleaver (131400-1) and the second cell interleaver (131400-2), in order to process the data of multiple paths, and that cell interleaving may be performed by using the memory settings of the cell interleaver (131400-0).

The first time interleaver (131700-1) and the second time interleaver (131700-1) perform the same functions as the time interleaver (131700-0) of the first BICM encoding block (130600). Also, the first time interleaver (131700-1) and the second time interleaver (131700-2) may perform time interleaving on the PLP data being inputted through each path by using the same method, or may perform time interleaving by using different methods.

The third BICM encoding block (130800) includes a first encoding block processing L1-pre-signaling information and a second encoding block processing L1-post-signaling information.

The first encoding block may include an FEC encoder (132100-0), a constellation mapper (132400-0), a cell interleaver (132500-0), and a time interleaver (132600-0). The second encoding block may include an FEC encoder (132100-1), a bit interleaver (132200), a demux (132300), a constellation mapper (132400-1), a cell interleaver (132500-1), and a time interleaver (132600-1).

In order to decode the L1 signaling information and data, the receiver is required to accurately and swiftly decode the L1-pre-signaling information. Therefore, according to an embodiment of the present invention, in order to allow the receiver to accurately and swiftly decode the L1-pre-signaling information, the present invention will not perform bit interleaving and demultiplexing on the L1-pre-signaling information.

For the description on the operations of each block included in the first encoding block and the second encoding block, reference may be made to the description on the operations of the same blocks included in the first BICM encoding block (130600). And, therefore, detailed description of the same will be omitted. However, 2 FEC encoders (132100-0˜1) perform FEC encoding including shortening and puncturing on each of the inputted L1-pre-signaling information and L1-post-signaling information. The FEC encoding process may include BCH encoding and LDPC encoding.

The demuxes (131300-0, 131300-1, 132300) within the first to third BICM encoding blocks of FIG. 19 may also be referred to as bit-cell demuxes.

At this point, the first BICM encoding block (130600) outputs PLP data, which are to be outputted by using the MISO method, through 1 path (STX_k), and the second BICM encoding block (130700) outputs PLP data, which are to be outputted by using the MIMO method, through 2 paths (STX_m, STX_m+1). Additionally, the third BICM encoding block (130800) outputs each of the L1-pre-signaling information and the L2-post-signaling information through one path (STX_pre, STX_post). For simplicity of the description of the present invention the path corresponding to the STX_k, STX_m, STX_pre, STX_post will be referred to as a first path, and the path corresponding to the STX_m+1 will be referred to as a second path.

In the structure shown in FIG. 19, the PLP data or signaling data are processed in symbol units after being mapped to the constellation. Accordingly, the second BICM encoding block (130700) performs MIMO encoding, cell interleaving, time interleaving on the MIMO PLP data in OFDM units. In this case, the time deinterleaver, the cell deinterleaver, and the MIMO decoder of the broadcasting signal receiver process the reception data in symbol units.

According to another embodiment of the BICM module shown in FIG. 19, the MIMO encoder may be provided at the outputting ends of the first time interleaver and the second time interleaver.

In this case, the BICM decoder of the broadcast signaling receiver should first perform MIMO decoding on the MIMO PLP data before performing any other operations. And, the MIMO decoded data are outputted in bit units. Thereafter, the BICM decoder of the broadcasting signal receiver may perform time deinterleaving and cell deinterleaving on the MIMO decoded data. However, since the data outputted in bit units are being inputted, information on the symbol units of the inputted data is required. More specifically, since the broadcasting signal receiver should to store information on symbol mapping of the input bits, which are required in the deinterleaving process, the complexity in the memory of the receiver may be increased.

Conversely, if the MIMO encoder is located between the constellation mapper and the cell interleaver, as shown in FIG. 19, the respective BICM decoder of the broadcasting signal receiver may perform MIMO decoding on the symbol unit data, after performing both time deinterleaving and cell deinterleaving in symbol units. In this case, since the bit unit data being processed with MIM decoding are processed with the constellation demapping procedure, additional (or separate) information on symbol mapping is not required. Accordingly, if the MIMO encoder is located after the constellation mapper, the complexity in the memory of the receiver may be reduced, as compared to when the MIMO encoder is located after the time interleaver.

FIG. 20 illustrates a block diagram showing the structure of a frame builder according to an embodiment of the present invention. Herein, the frame builder is adequate for processing the output of the BICM module shown in FIG. 19. In the present invention, the frame builder will also be referred to as a frame mapper.

The frame builder of FIG. 20 includes a first frame building block (133100) receiving MISO PLP data, MIMO PLP data, L1-pre-signaling data, and L1-post-signaling data of the first path, and a second frame building block (133500) receiving MIMO PLP data of the second path. The data of the first path are processed with a modulation procedure in the OFDM generator, so as to be transmitted through the first antenna (Tx_1), and after being processed with the modulation procedure in the OFDM generator, the data of the second path are transmitted through the second antenna (Tx_2).

According to an embodiment of the present invention, the first frame building block (133100) includes a delay compensator (133200), a first cell mapper (133300), and a first frequency interleaver (133400), and the second frame building block (133500) includes a second cell mapper (133600) for processing data being inputted through the second path and a second frequency interleaver (133700).

The first cell mapper (133300) and the first frequency interleaver (133400) and the second cell mapper (133600) and the second frequency interleaver (133700) may operate identically with respect to the first path and the second path or may operate independently from one another with respect to the first path and the second path.

Hereinafter, the data processing method of the blocks included in the first frame building block (133100) and the second frame building block (133500) will be described.

In order to perform cell mapping, the delay compensator (133200) compensates for the delay generated in the signaling information and matches the time synchronization with the inputted PLPs. More specifically, a delay corresponding to one transmission frame in the L1-pre-signaling data or the L1-post-signaling data and a delay occurring due to the encoding process of the third BICM encoding block (130800) are both compensated. Since the L1 signaling information may include not only the information on the current information frame but also the information on the next transmission frame, during the input processing procedure, the L1 signaling information is delayed by one frame than the PLP data that are currently being inputted. By performing such procedure, one transmission frame may transmit L1 signaling information including both information on the current transmission frame and information on the next transmission frame.

The first cell mapper (133300) and the second cell mapper (133600) map the symbol unit PLP data and the L1 signaling data being inputted through each path to subcarriers of the OFDM symbol, which is included in the transmission frame, in cell units in accordance with the scheduling information included in the signaling information.

Additionally, the first cell mapper (133300) and the second cell mapper (133600) respectively map the MISO PLP data and the MIMO PLP data to subcarriers of one OFDM symbol in cell units.

The PLP data, which are being inputted to the first cell mapper (133300) and the second cell mapper (133600) through the first path and the second path may include common PLP data, MISO, MIMO PLP data, and each sub-slice processor may perform sub-slicing on the PLP data cells, in order to gain a diversity effect, so as to map the processed PLP data cell within the transmission frame.

Additionally, although the MISO PLP data and the L1-pre-signaling and post-signaling data are inputted only through the first path, since the MIMO PLP data are inputted through both the first path and the second path, the operation of the cell mapper may vary depending upon which data are being inputted.

Hereinafter, the detailed operations will be described.

First of all, the first cell mapper (133300) and the second cell mapper (133600) may each receive the same MISO PLP data that are inputted through the first path, and the first cell mapper (133300) and the second cell mapper (133600) may also receive the same L1-pre and post signaling information, which are outputted from the delay compensator (133200). In this case, the first cell mapper (133300) and the second cell mapper (133600) may map each set of input data, so that the corresponding data can be allocated to the subcarrier of the OFDM symbol with the transmission frame.

Secondly, among the first cell mapper (133300) and the second cell mapper (133600), only the first cell mapper (133300) may receive the MISO PLP data and the delay-compensated L1-pre and post signaling data. In this case, the second cell mapper (133500) may perform mapping only on the MIMO PLP.

The first frequency interleaver (133400) and the second frequency interleaver (133700) may perform frequency interleaving on the data being inputted through each path in cell units, and may output the frequency interleaved data to the OFDM generator through each path.

In this case, the first frequency interleaver (133400) and the second frequency interleaver (133700) perform interleaving on the cells positioned in the transmission frame within the frequency domain based upon the OFDM symbol. Additionally, when the second cell mapper (133600) receives only the MIMO PLP data, the second frequency interleaver (133700) may also perform interleaving only on the MIMO PLP data.

FIG. 21 illustrates a block diagram showing the structure of an OFDM generator according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is adequate for processing the output of the frame builder shown in FIG. 20. Most particularly, FIG. 21 shows an example of transmitting a broadcasting signal through 2 transmission antennae by using the MISO or MIMO method. According to the embodiment of the present invention, a polarity multiplexing MIMO method is used in the present invention.

The OFDM generator of FIG. 21 is configured of an MISO encoder (134100), 2 pilot inserters (134100-0, 134100-1), 2 IFFT modules (134200-0, 134200-1), 2 PAPR reduction modules (134300-0, 134300-1), 27 GI inserting modules (134400-0, 134400-1), 2 P1 symbol inserting modules (134500-0, 134500-1), 2 AP1 symbol inserting modules (134600-0, 134600-1), and 2 DACs (134700-0, 134700-1). In the present invention, a block modulating a broadcasting signal that is to be transmitted through a first transmission antenna (Tx1) will be referred to as a first transmitting unit, and a block modulating a broadcasting signal that is to be transmitted through a second transmission antenna (Tx2) will be referred to as a second transmitting unit. The first transmitting unit includes a pilot inserter (134100-0), an IFFT module (134200-0), a PAPR reduction module (134300-0), a GI inserting module (134400-0), a P1 symbol inserting module (134500-0), an AP1 symbol inserting module (134600-0), and a DAC (134700-0). The second transmitting unit includes a pilot inserter (134100-1), an IFFT module (134200-1), a PAPR reduction module (134300-1), a GI inserting module (134400-1), a P1 symbol inserting module (134500-1), an AP1 symbol inserting module (134600-1), and a DAC (134700-1).

In order to perform transmission through 2 transmission antennae, the MISO encoder (134100) performs MISO encoding, so that transmission diversity can be gained for signals being inputted through the first and second paths. Then, the MISO encoder may output the processed signals to each pilot inserter (134100-0, 134100-1). If data MIMO-encoded by the BICM module are inputted, the MISO encoder (134100) may bypass the input data to the pilot inserters (134100-0, 134100-1).

More specifically, if the data being inputted through the first path and the second path correspond to MISO PLP data or L1-pre and post signaling data, the MISO encoder (134100) may use an MISO encoding matrix so as to perform MISO encoding in OFDM symbol units, thereby outputting the processed data to the pilot inserters (134100-0, 134100-1). In this case, the data may also be inputted to the MISO encoder (134100) only through any one of the first path and the second path. According to the embodiment of the present invention, examples of the MISO encoding matrix may include OSTBC (Orthogonal Space-Time Block Code)/OSFBC (Orthogonal Space Frequency Block Code or Alamouti code).

The pilot inserters (134100-0, 134100-1) may insert a pilot signal having a specific pilot pattern in a respective position within the signal frame, so that the receiver can perform transmission channel estimation and time/frequency synchronization, thereby outputting the processed data to the IFFT modules (134200-0, 134200-1). At this point, the pilot pattern information may be signaled to the AP1 signaling information and may also be signaled to the L1 signaling information. Alternatively, the pilot pattern information may be signaled to both the AP1 signaling information and the L1 signaling information.

By performing inverse fast fourier transform, the IFFT modules (134200-0, 134200-1) convert each signal having a pilot inserted therein to time domain signals, thereby outputting the processed signals to the PAPR reduction modules (134300-0, 134300-1).

The PAPR reduction module (134300-0, 134300-1) may reduce the PAPR of the time domain signals, thereby outputting the processed signals to the GI inserting modules (134400-0, 134400-1). The PAPR reduction modules (134300-0, 134300-1) may use at least one of an ACE (Active Constellation Extension) method or a Tone Reservation method, so as to reduce the PAPR from the modulated OFDM symbol. Additionally, necessary (or required) information may be fed-back to the pilot inserters (134100-0, 134100-1) in accordance with a PAPR reduction algorithm.

By copying the last portion of an effective OFDM symbol to a front portion of the corresponding OFDM symbol, the GI inserting modules (134400-0, 134400-1) may insert a guard interval in a cyclic prefix format, thereby outputting the processed symbol (or data) to the P1 symbol inserting modules (134500-0, 134500-1). The GI information is signaled to the L1 pre signaling information. And, a portion of the GI information is signaled to the P1 signaling information.

The P1 symbol inserting modules (134500-0, 134500-1) may insert a P1 symbol in a starting portion of each signal frame, thereby outputting the processed data (or signal) to the AP1 symbol inserting modules (134600-0, 134600-1).

The AP1 symbol inserting modules (134600-0, 134600-1) insert an AP1 symbol after each P1 symbol, thereby outputting the processed data to the DACs (134700-0, 134700-1). Herein, the insertion of the P1 symbols and the AP1 symbols may be performed by the P1 symbol inserting modules (134500-0, 134500-1), and, in this case, the AP1 symbol inserting modules (134600-0, 134600-1) may be omitted.

The DACs (134700-0, 134700-1) may first convert the each signal frame having the AP1 symbol inserted therein to analog signals, thereby transmitting the converted signal through the corresponding transmission antenna (Tx1, Tx2).

FIG. 22 illustrates a block diagram showing a structure of a BICM module according to another embodiment of the present invention, wherein the BICM module performs bit interleaving and encoding for error correction on a plurality of input-processed PLP data, L1-pre-signaling information, and L1-post-signaling information.

In order to do so, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the BICM module of FIG. 22 includes a first BICM encoding block (135001) processing MISO PLP data, a second BICM encoding block (135002) processing MIMO PLP data, and a third BICM encoding block (135003) processing signaling information. The third BICM encoding block (135003) then includes a first encoding block for processing L1-pre-signaling information, and a second encoding block for processing L1-post-signaling information. At this point, since the signaling information requires greater robustness between the transmission and reception, as compared to the PLP data, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the signaling information is processed by using the MISO method.

For example, a MISO encoder (135500-0) is equipped between a constellation mapper (135400-0) and first and second cell interleavers (135600-0, 135600-1) of the first BICM encoding block (135001) shown in FIG. 22, and a MIMO encoder (135500-3) is equipped between first and second constellation mappers (135400-3, 135400-4) and first and second cell interleavers (135600-3, 135600-4) of the second BICM encoding block (135002). And, a MISO encoder (136500-0) is equipped between a first constellation mapper (136400-0) and first and second cell interleavers (136600-0, 136600-1) of the third BICM encoding block (135003), and a MISO encoder (136500-3) is equipped between a second constellation mapper (136400-3) and third and fourth cell interleavers (136600-3, 136600-4) of the third BICM encoding block (135003).

In FIG. 22, an FEC encoder (135100-0), a bit interleaver (135200-0), a DEMUX (135300-0), and a constellation mapper (135400-0) of the first BICM encoding block (153001) respectively perform the same operations as the FEC encoder (131100-0), the bit interleaver (131200-0), the DEMUX (131300-0), and the constellation mapper (131400-0) of the first BICM encoding block (130600) shown in FIG. 19. And, therefore, for detailed description of the corresponding blocks, reference may be made on the previously described blocks.

In FIG. 22, since the operations of each block included in the second BICM encoding block (153200) are identical to the operations of each block included in the second BICM encoding block (130700) of FIG. 19, for detailed description of the corresponding blocks, reference may be made on the previously described blocks.

In FIG. 22, FEC encoders (136100-0, 136100-3), constellation mappers (136400-0, 132600-3), a bit interleaver (136200), and a DEMUX (136300) of the third BICM encoding block (153001) respectively perform the same operations as the FEC encoders (132100-0, 132100-1), the constellation mappers (132400-0, 132400-1), the bit interleaver (132200), and the DEMUX (132300) shown in FIG. 19. And, therefore, for detailed description of the corresponding blocks, reference may be made on the previously described blocks.

The DEMUXes (135300-0, 135300-3, 136300) included in the first to third BICM modules of FIG. 22 may also be referred to as bit-cell DEMUXes.

Herein, only the parts associated with the MISO encoder will be described in detail.

More specifically, the MISO encoder (135500-0) of the first BICM encoding block (135001) performs MISO encoding on the PLP data, which are mapped to the constellation, by using an MISO encoding matrix, thereby generating 2 output signals. Among the 2 output signals, one output signal is inputted to the first cell interleaver (135600-0) through a first path, and the other output signal is inputted to the second cell interleaver (135600-1) through a second path. Thus, transmission diversity may be gained. In the present invention, as an exemplary embodiment of the MISO encoding method, an OSTBC (Orthogonal Space-Time Block Code)/OSFBC (Orthogonal Space Frequency Block Code/Alamouti code) method may be used. Data that are interleaved in cell units by the first cell interleaver (135600-0) are inputted to a first time interleaver (135700-0), so as to be interleaved in time units. Additionally, data that are interleaved in cell units by the second cell interleaver (135600-1) are inputted to a second time interleaver (135700-1), so as to be interleaved in time units.

For the description of the MISO encoders (136500-0, 136500-1), the first to fourth cell interleavers (136600-0˜136600-3), and the first to fourth time interleavers (136700-0˜136700-3) of the third BICM encoding block (135003), reference may be made to the description of the operations of the same blocks, which are included in the first BICM encoding block (135001). Therefore, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

At this point, the first BICM encoding block (135001) outputs MISO PLP data through 2 different paths (STX_k, STX_k+1), and the second BICM encoding block (135002) outputs MIMO PLP data through 2 different paths (STX_m, STX_m+1). Additionally, the third BICM encoding block (135003) outputs signaling data through 2 different paths (STX_pre, STX_pre+1 and STX_post, STX_post+1) with respect to the L1-pre-signaling information and the L1-post-signaling information. Hereinafter, the path corresponding to STX_k, STX_m, STX_pre, and STX_post will be referred to as a first path, and the path corresponding to STX_k+1, STX_m+1, STX_pre+1, and STX_post+1 will be referred to as a second path, for simplicity.

As another example of the BICM module shown in FIG. 22, a MISO encoder and a MIMO encoder may be equipped at each output end of the time interleaver. In this case, the respective BICM decoder of the broadcasting signal receiver first performs MISO decoding or MIMO decoding on each set of data and, then, outputs the data processed with MISO decoding or MIMO decoding in bit units. At this point, the data being outputted from the MISO decoder or the MIMO decoder correspond to bit-unit likelihood (or probability) information. Accordingly, hereinafter, the BICM decoder of the broadcasting signal receiver may perform time deinterleaving and cell deinterleaving procedures on the MISO or MIMO decoded data. However, since data that are outputted in bit units are being inputted, information of symbol-unit data is also required. Therefore, since the broadcasting signal receiver is required to store information on symbol mapping of the input bits, which is required for the deinterleaving procedures, the complexity level in the memory of the broadcasting signal receiver may be increased.

Conversely, as shown in FIG. 22, if the MISO encoder and the MIMO encoder are both located between the constellation mapper and the cell interleaver, the respective BICM decoder of the broadcasting signal receiver may perform MISO/MIMO decoder after performing both time deinterleaving and cell de-interleaving in symbol units. In this case, the bit-unit data (or data bits) that are processed with MISO/MIMO decoding are processed with a constellation demapping procedure. And, therefore, separate information on symbol mapping is not required. Accordingly, when the MISO/MIMO encoder is located at the end of the constellation mapper, the complexity level of the memory included in the receiver may be decreased as compared to when the MISO/MIMO encoder is located at the end of the time interleaver.

FIG. 23 illustrates a block diagram showing a structure of a frame builder according to another embodiment of the present invention, which is adequate for processing the output of the BICM module shown in FIG. 22.

The frame builder of FIG. 23 consists of a first frame building block (136801) receiving the MISO PLP data, MIMO PLP data, the L1-pre-signaling information, and the L1-post-signaling information of the first path (STX_k, STX_m, STX_pre, STX_post), and a second frame building block (136901) receiving the MISO PLP data, MIMO PLP data, the L1-pre-signaling information, and the L1-post-signaling information of the second path (STX_k+1, STX_m+1, STX_pre+1, STX_post+1). The data of the first path are transmitted through a first antenna (Tx_1) after being processed with a modulation process in the OFDM generator, and the data of the second path are transmitted through a second antenna (Tx_2) after being processed with a modulation process in the OFDM generator.

The first frame building block (136801) may include a first delay compensator (136800-1), a first pair-wise cell mapper (136800-2), and a first pair-wise frequency interleaver (136800-3), and the second frame building block (136901) may include a second delay compensator (136900-1), a second pair-wise cell mapper (136900-2), and a second pair-wise frequency interleaver (136900-3) for processing the data being inputted through the second path.

The first pair-wise cell mapper (136800-2) and the first pair-wise frequency interleaver (136800-3) and the second pair-wise cell mapper (136900-2) and the second pair-wise frequency interleaver (136900-3) may be identically operated with respect to each of the first path and the second path and may also be independently operated.

Hereinafter, the data processing method of the blocks included in each of the first frame building block (136801) and the second frame building block (136901) will be described in detail.

The first delay compensator (136800-1) and the second delay compensator (136900-1) compensates for both the delay by one transmission frame applied to the L1-pre-signaling data or L1-post-signaling data and the delay caused by the encoding process of the BICM module. The L1 signaling information may include the information on the current transmission frame as well as the information on the next transmission frame. Therefore, during the above-described input processing procedure, the L1 signaling information is delayed by one frame as compared to the PLP data, which are currently being inputted. By performing this procedure, one transmission frame may be capable of transmitting the L1 signaling information including information on the current transmission frame and information on the next transmission frame.

The first pair-wise cell mapper (136800-2) and the second pair-wise cell mapper (136900-2) map respectively map the symbol unit PLP data and the L1 signaling data, which are inputted through each path, in cell units to the subcarrier of the OFDM symbol within the transmission frame.

In this case, the PLP data being inputted through each path may include common PLP data and MISO-MIMO-encoded PLP data. And, a sub-slice processor may perform sub-slicing on the PLP data cells and map the sub-sliced PLP data cells to the transmission frame, so as to gain diversity.

Additionally, the first pair-wise cell mapper (136800-2) and the second pair-wise cell mapper (136900-2) may pair 2 consecutive input cells and may map the paired cells to the transmission frame.

In order to increase the MISO signal recovery performance of the receiver, when performing MISO encoding, the MISO transmission channel is required to ensure coherence between the channels. Accordingly, in order to ensure coherence between the channels, the first pair-wise cell mapper (136800-2) and the second pair-wise cell mapper (136900-2) may respectively pair cells, which are generated from the same PLP data, and may map the paired cells to the subcarrier of the OFDM modulation, thereby maximizing the coherence between the channels. In other words, according to the embodiment of the present invention, since the MISO encoder is located in the BICM encoder of the frame builder, the frame structure may be configured by the frame builder in pair units based upon such MISO encoding.

Moreover, as described above, when bit interleaving or time interleaving is performed by the bit interleaver and the time interleaver of the BICM module by using two FEC blocks, since the two input cells that are grouped to form a pair may be generated from different FEC blocks, the receiver may be capable of ensuring diversity and may gain high reception performance.

The first pair-wise frequency interleaver (136800-3) and the second pair-wise frequency interleaver (136900-3) may perform frequency interleaving in cell units on the data being inputted through each path. Then, the first pair-wise frequency interleaver (136800-3) and the second pair-wise frequency interleaver (136900-3) may output the frequency interleaved data to the OFDM generator through each path.

In this case, the first pair-wise frequency interleaver (136800-3) and the second pair-wise frequency interleaver (136900-3) may group 2 consecutive input cells in pairs and may process each cell pair as a single interleaving unit, thereby performing frequency interleaving. This is for maximizing the coherence between the channels.

FIG. 24 illustrates a block diagram showing the structure of an OFDM generator according to another embodiment of the present invention, which is adequate for processing the output of the frame builder shown in FIG. 23. Most particularly, FIG. 24 shows an example of a broadcasting signal being transmitted through 2 transmission antennae by using the MISO or MIMO method. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the present invention uses a polarity multiplexing MIMO method.

The OFDM generator of FIG. 24 does not include an MISO encoder, and the OFDM generator of FIG. 21 includes an MISO encoder. With the exception of such differences, the two OFDM generators are identical to one another. Therefore, for the detailed description of the operations performed by each block shown in FIG. 24, reference may be made to the description on the operations of the same blocks shown in FIG. 21. More specifically, the OFDM generator of FIG. 24 receives data, which are MISO encoded or MIMO encoded by the BICM module, from the frame builder.

Meanwhile, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the MIMO encoder (131500-1) within the BICM module of FIG. 19 or the MIMO encoder (135500-1) within the BICM module of FIG. 22 may perform MIMO encoding by using an MIMO encoding matrix. Hereinafter, the MIMO encoder indicates the MIMO encoder (131500-1) within the BICM module of FIG. 19. The MIMO encoding matrix according to the present invention may include spatial multiplexing, a GC (Golden code), a Full-rate full diversity code, a Linear dispersion code, and so on. Alternatively, the present invention may use encoding matrices according to a first embodiment to a third embodiment of the present invention, which are described below, so as to perform MIMO encoding.

FIG. 25 illustrates a method for transmitting and receiving data in accordance with an MIMO transmission of an SM method in a channel environment according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

The MIMO transmitting system may send out input signal 1 (S1) and input signal 2 (S2) to each of the transmission antenna 1 and transmission antenna 2 by using the SM method.

The reception antenna 1 may receive a signal through two different paths, and, in the channel environment of FIG. 25, a received signal of reception antenna 1 may correspond to S1*h11+S2*h21, and a received signal of reception antenna 2 may correspond to S1*h12+S2*h22. The receiving end may acquire S1 and S2 by performing channel estimation, thereby being capable of recovering data.

As a scenario corresponding to when a transmission path and a reception path are independent from one another, such environment will hereinafter be referred to as an un-correlated channel environment. Conversely, a correlation between channels of a transmission path and a reception path, such as in a LOS (Line Of Sight) environment, may be highly correlated, and such channel environment may be referred to as a fully correlated channel environment.

A case when the channels in the MIMO correspond to fully correlated channel corresponds to a case when each parameter of a 2 by 2 matrix indicating a channel, in FIG. 25, is equal to 1 (h11=h12=h21=h22=1). At this point, the reception antenna 1 and the reception antenna 2 receive the same receiving signals signal (S1+S2). In other words, the reception antenna 1 and the reception antenna 2 receive a signal that is equivalent to a signal adding all of the transmitting signals. Eventually, when each of the signals being transmitted from 2 different transmission antennae passes through the same channel, and when the signals are received by 2 reception antennae, the receiving signals received by the receiver, i.e., the two sets of data added by the channel, are incapable of expressing both symbols S1 and S2. Referring to FIG. 25, in case of the fully correlated channel environment, the receiver is incapable of receiving a 16-QAM symbol, which corresponds to a combination of signal S1, which is expressed as a 4-QAM symbol, and signal 2, which is also expressed as a 4-QAM symbol. And, as shown in the right side of the drawing, since the received receives signals S1+S2, which is expressed as 9 symbols, S1 and S2 cannot be separated (or divided), so as to be recovered.

The receiving signal, which has passed through the fully correlated channel, may be expressed as a signal combining (or adding) transmitting signals being transmitted from the transmitting system. More specifically, when 2 antennae are used, and when the transmitting system transmits a first transmitting signal and a second transmitting signal, the MIMO encoding method will hereinafter be described in detail under the assumption that the receiving signal passing through the fully correlated channel corresponds to a signal consisting of a combination of the first transmitting signal and the second transmitting signal.

In this case, even if the receiver is in a very high SNR environment, the receiver is incapable of recovering the signal transmitted via MIMO by using the SM method. In case of a communication system, since it is assumed that the system generally performs two-way (or bi-directional) communication, the system may perform processes of changing the transmission method by notifying such channel situation to the transmitter through a feedback channel between the transmitter and the receiver. However, in case of a broadcasting system, it may be difficult to perform two-way (or bi-directional) communication through a feedback channel. Also, since the number of receivers being covered by each transmitter is large, and since the coverage range become wider, it may be difficult for the broadcasting system to respond to the diverse changes in the channel environment. Accordingly, when the SM method is used in such fully correlated channel environment, the receiver cannot use the respective service. And, unless the coverage of the broadcasting network is reduced, it may be difficult for the system to respond to such environment, thereby causing an increase in cost.

Hereinafter, a method for overcoming a case when the correlation between MIMO channels is equal to 1, i.e., a case when the channel environment corresponds to a fully correlated channel environment, will be described in detail.

In order to overcome these problems and to ensure low system complexity, high data transmission efficiency, and high signal recovery performance in various channel environments, multiple input signals may be processed with MIMO processing, in accordance with a MIMO matrix and a parameter value of the MIMO matrix, thereby being capable of outputting multiple transmission signals. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus may use the MIMO encoder, so as to perform MIMO encoding on a broadcasting signal and to transmit the processed signal through a plurality of transmission antennae, and the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus may use the MIMO decoder, so as to perform MIMO decoding on the broadcasting signal, which is received through a plurality of reception antennae. In the present invention, the MIMO encoder may also be referred to as an MIMO processor, and the MIMO decoder may also be referred to as an ML (Maximum Likelihood) detector (or ML decoder).

At this point, the modulation method may be expressed as M-QAM (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation) or N-QAM. More specifically, when M (or N) is equal to 2, the modulation method may be expressed as 2-QAM, which indicates a BPSK (Binary Phase Shift Keying) method, and when M (or N) is equal to 4, the modulation method may be expressed as 4-QAM, which indicates QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying). Moreover, when M (or N) is equal to 16, the modulation method may be expressed as 16-QAM, when M (or N) is equal to 64, the modulation method may be expressed as 64-QAM, and when M (or N) is equal to 256, the modulation method may be expressed as 256-QAM. Herein, M, N each indicates a number of symbols being used for modulation.

For example, M+M QAM MIMO indicates that QAM symbols, which are used for MIMO encoding and MIMO decoding, use the same M-QAM. In another example, M+N QAM MIMO indicates that QAM symbols, which are used for MIMO encoding and MIMO decoding, use different M-QAM and N-QAM.

In the present invention, in order to overcome the case when the correlation between the MIMO channels is equal to 1, i.e., when the MIMO channel corresponds to a fully correlated channel, the MIMO system according to the present invention may be designed so that a signal, which is received after passing through a channel, can satisfy the following conditions (or requirements).

1) A received signal should be capable of expressing both original signals.

2) A minimum Euclidean distance of the received signal should be increased, so that a symbol error rate can be reduced. Herein, a Euclidean distance refers to a distance between coordinates over a constellation.

3) A hamming distance characteristic of the received signal should be advantageous, so that the bit error rate can be reduced. Herein, when a bit value corresponding to binary codes each having the same number of bits do not match, the Hamming distance indicates a number of binary codes having non-matching bit values.

In order to meet with the above-described requirements, the present invention proposes a MIMO encoding method using an MIMO encoding matrix, which includes an encoding parameter (also referred to as an encoding coefficient) a, as shown below in Equation 2.

$\begin{matrix} \begin{bmatrix} 1 & a \\ a & {- 1} \end{bmatrix} & {{Equation}\mspace{14mu} 2} \end{matrix}$

When an MIMO encoder performs encoding on input signals S1 and S2 by using an MIMO encoding matrix, as shown in Equation 2, the reception signal 1 (Rx1) and the reception signal 2 (Rx2), which are received by reception antenna 1 and reception antenna 2, may be calculated by using Equation 3 shown below. And, most particularly, in case the MIMO channel corresponds to a fully correlated channel, the signals are calculated by using the last line shown in Equation 3.

Rx ₁ =h ₁₁(S1+aS2)+h ₂₁(aS1−S2)

Rx ₂ =h ₁₂(S1+aS2)+h ₂₂(aS1−S2)

R=Rx ₁ =Rx ₂ =h{(a+1)S1+(a−1)S2}  Equation 3

if h₁₁=h₂₁=h₁₂=h₂₂=h,

First of all, in case the MIMO channel corresponds to an un-correlated channel, the reception signal 1 (Rx1) may be calculated as Rx1=h₁₁(S1+a*S2)+h₂₁(a*S1−S2), and the reception signal 2 (Rx2) may be calculated as Rx2=h₁₂(S1+a*S2)+h₂₂(a*S1−S2), so that S1 and S2 can have the same power. Accordingly, all of the gain of the MIMO system may be used as in the SM method.

Meanwhile, when the MIMO channel corresponds to a fully correlated channel, the reception signals (R=Rx1=Rx2) may be acquired as R=h{(a+1)S1+(a−1)S2}. Thus, S1 and S2 may be separately acquired. Herein, S1 and S2 may also be designed to have different power levels, and by using such different power levels robustness may be ensured.

In other words, the MIMO encoder may encoder input signals, so that input signals S1 and S2 can have different power levels, in accordance with an encoding parameter (also referred to as an encoding coefficient) a, and so that S1 and S2 can also be received in different distribution formats in a fully correlated channel. For example, by performing an encoding process on S1 and S2, so that S1 and S2 can have different power levels, and by transmitting the encoded S1 and S2 to a constellation having different Euclidean distances due to a normalization process, even when signals go through a fully correlated channel, the receiver may separate (or divide) the input signals and recover the separated signals accordingly.

Based upon a normalization factor, the MIMO encoding matrix of Equation 3 may be expressed as shown below in Equation 4.

$\begin{matrix} {\frac{1}{\sqrt{1 + a^{2}}}{\quad{\begin{bmatrix} 1 & a \\ a & {- 1} \end{bmatrix} = {\begin{bmatrix} \frac{1}{\sqrt{1 + a^{2}}} & \frac{a}{\sqrt{1 + a^{2}}} \\ \frac{a}{\sqrt{1 + a^{2}}} & \frac{- 1}{\sqrt{1 + a^{2}}} \end{bmatrix} = \begin{bmatrix} {\cos \; \theta} & {\sin \; \theta} \\ {\sin \; \theta} & {{- \cos}\; \theta} \end{bmatrix}}}}} & {{Equation}\mspace{14mu} 4} \end{matrix}$

A MIMO encoding method of the MIMO encoder, which uses the MIMO encoding matrix shown in Equation 4, may be considered as a method of rotating input signals by an arbitrary angle (Theta), which can be expresses as an encoding parameter a, so as to divide the signal into a cosine element of the rotated signal and a sine element (or real number element and imaginary (or false) number element) and to assign+/− signs to each of the divided elements, thereby transmitting the processed signal to another antenna. For example, the MIMO encoder may perform encoding so that a cosine element of input signal S1 and a sine element of input signal S2 can be transmitted to one transmission antenna, and that a sine element of input signal S1 and a cosine element, having a − sign added thereto, of input signal S2 can be transmitted to another transmission antenna. A rotation angle may vary depending upon a change in an encoding parameter value a, and power distribution between input signals S1 and S2 may vary depending upon a value and angle of the corresponding parameter. Since the varied power distribution may be expressed as a distance (i.e., Euclidean distance) between symbol coordinates in a constellation. Even if the input signals pass through a fully correlated channel from the receiving end, such encoded input signals may be expressed in the form of a different constellation, so that the input signals can be identified, divided, and recovered.

In other words, since a Euclidean distance between transmission signals varies to a level corresponding to the distribution of the varied power, the transmission signals received by the receiving end may be expressed in the form of distinguishable constellations each having a different Euclidean distance. More specifically, the MIMO encoder may encode input signal S1 and input signal S2 as a signal having another Euclidean distance in accordance with the value a. And, such encoded transmission signals may be received by the receiving end in distinguishable (or identifiable) constellations and may be recovered accordingly.

The MIMO encoding of the input signal, which is performed by using the above-described MIMO encoding matrix, may be expressed as shown below in Equation 5.

$\begin{matrix} {\begin{bmatrix} {X\; 1} \\ {X\; 2} \end{bmatrix} = {{\frac{1}{\sqrt{1 + a^{2}}}\begin{bmatrix} 1 & a \\ a & {- 1} \end{bmatrix}}\begin{bmatrix} {S\; 1} \\ {S\; 2} \end{bmatrix}}} & {{Equation}\mspace{14mu} 5} \end{matrix}$

In Equation 5, S1 and S2 represent normalized QAM symbols of a constellation, to which input signal S1 and input signal S2 are mapped by a constellation mapper of a MIMO path. And, each of X1 and X2 respectively represents a MIMO-encoded symbol. In other words, the MIMO encoder may apply the matrix, which is shown in Equation 5, to a 1^(st) input signal including symbols corresponding to S1 and to a 2^(nd) input signal including symbols corresponding to S2, so as to transmit a 1^(st) transmission signal including symbols corresponding to X1 and symbols of a transmission signal X2 including symbols corresponding to X2.

The MIMO encoder may perform MIMO encoding on input signals by suing the above-described MIMO encoding matrix, and may also perform encoding by additionally adjusting an encoding parameter value a. More specifically, the consideration and adjustment of an additional data recovery performance of the MIMO transmitting and receiving system may be optimized by adjusting the encoding parameter value a. And, this will hereinafter be described in more detail.

1. First Embodiment MIMO Encoding Method of Optimizing an Encoding Parameter Value a Based Upon a Euclidean Distance (Fully Correlated MIMO Channel)

The value a, which corresponds to an encoding parameter, may be calculated by using the above-described MIMO encoding matrix while considering the Euclidean distance. According to the first embodiment of the present invention, a signal that is combined in the receiving end, after passing through a fully correlated MIMO channel, may be given a Euclidean distance, such as a QAM signal.

The first embodiment of the present invention proposes a method of optimizing the value a, so that each symbol included in a symbol constellation of reception signals, which have passed through the fully correlated channel, can have the same Euclidean distance. More specifically, when the MIMO encoder uses the above-described MIMO matrix so as to encode the input signals, the MIMO encoder may calculate or determine the value of the encoding parameter a, so that the Euclidean distance between the reception symbols can be consistent (or equal) in the constellation of the reception signals (i.e., a combined signal of the 1^(st) transmission signal St1 and the 2^(nd) transmission signal St2), which have passed through the fully correlated channel. And, accordingly, the MIMO encoder may perform an encoding process. Such value a may be expressed as Equation 6 shown below, in accordance with a combination of the modulation methods.

$\begin{matrix} {a = \left\{ \begin{matrix} {{3,}} & {{{{for}\mspace{14mu} {QPSK}} + {QPSK}}} \\ {{{\left( {4 + \sqrt{5}} \right)/\left( {4 - \sqrt{5}} \right)},}} & {{{for}\mspace{14mu} {QPSK}} + {16{QAM}}} \\ {0.6,} & {{{{for}\mspace{14mu} 16{QAM}} + {16{QAM}}}} \end{matrix} \right.} & {{Equation}\mspace{14mu} 6} \end{matrix}$

In other words, since the distribution and constellation of a transmission and reception symbol vary depending upon the modulation method of reception signals and the combination of the reception signals, the value a may also be varied in order to optimize the Euclidean distance.

In other words, in case of the first embodiment of the present invention, for example, in a signal wherein a 1^(st) input signal of 4-QAM and a 2^(rd) input signal of 4-QAM are MIMO-encoded and combined with outputted 1^(st) transmission signal and 2^(nd) transmission signals, the value a may be determined so that the constellation of the combined signal is identical to the constellation of a 16-QAM signal. The MIMO encoding method according to the first embodiment of the present invention shows a more excellent SNR performance as compared to when using the GC method or the SM method in the fully correlated MIMO channel. Most particularly, the SNR gain according to the first embodiment of the present invention becomes higher as the coding rate of the outer code increases. Conversely, in case of the SM method, in a coding rate of ⅖ or higher, decoding cannot be performed at all in the fully correlated channel, and, regardless of the SNR, even the service reception cannot be performed. Additionally, the MIMO encoding method according to the first embodiment of the present invention shows the same performance in an un-correlated channel as the SM method, and the performance is more excellent as compared to the other methods. Therefore, the MIMO encoding method according to the first embodiment of the present invention may provide a better performance by using a system having a lower complexity level as compared to the GC method. And, the MIMO encoding method according to the first embodiment of the present invention may provide a more excellent performance in the fully correlated channel, as compared to when using the SM method having a similar complexity level.

According to another embodiment of the present invention, when performing MIMO encoding, a GC subset may be used as the MIMO encoding matrix. And, in this case, the MIMO encoding matrix may be expressed as shown below in Equation 7.

$\begin{matrix} {{{{\begin{bmatrix} \alpha & {\alpha\theta} \\ {i\overset{\_}{\alpha}} & {i\overset{\_}{\alpha}\overset{\_}{\theta}} \end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix} {S\; 1} \\ {S\; 2} \end{bmatrix}} \cdot \alpha} = {1 + {\left( {1 - \theta} \right)i}}},{\overset{\_}{\alpha} = {1 + {\left( {1 - \overset{\_}{\theta}} \right)i}}},{\theta = \frac{1 + \sqrt{5}}{2}},{\overset{\_}{\theta} = \frac{1 - \sqrt{5}}{2}}} & {{Equation}\mspace{14mu} 7} \end{matrix}$

In case of using an encoding matrix of Equation 7, the performance is shown to be better than the first embodiment of the present invention.

When the MIMO encoding process using the GC subset performed in the fully correlated MIMO channel is compared with the MIMO encoding process performed according to the first embodiment of the present invention (SM OPT1) in the fully correlated MIMO channel, in case of using the first embodiment of the present invention (SM OPT1), a minimum Euclidean distance within the constellation of the reception signal may be greater than the case of using the GC subset. However, the SNR performance respective to the case of using the GC subset (SM OLDP Golden) is shown to be better than the case of using the first embodiment of the present invention.

2. Second Embodiment MIMO Encoding Method Considering Gray Mapping in Addition to a Euclidean Distance

The second embodiment of the present invention proposes a MIMO encoding method enabling a reception signal, which has passed through the fully correlated channel in a state when the value a is determined to have a value that can optimize the Euclidean distance, as in the first embodiment of the present invention, to have gray mapping applied thereto.

In the MIMO encoding method according to the second embodiment of the present invention, among the input signals S1 and S2, signs of the real number part and the imaginary number part of input signal S2 may be changed in accordance with the S1 value, so that gray mapping can be performed in the receiving end. The change in the data value included in S2 may be performed by using the method shown below in Equation 8.

More specifically, the MIMO encoder may use the MIMO encoding matrix used in the first embodiment of the present invention and may perform MIMO encoding by changing the sign of the input signal S2 in accordance with the value of S1. In other words, as shown in Equation 8, after deciding the sign of input signal S2 in accordance with the sign of input signal S1, MIMO encoding matrix may be applied to the decided input signal S1 and input signal S2, as described above, so that 1^(st) transmission signal St1 and 2^(nd) transmission signal St2 can be outputted.

S1=b ₀ b ₁ . . . b _(N-1) ,N=log₂ M,M=QAMsize of S1

real(S1)=b ₀ b ₂ . . . b _(N-2)

imag(S1)=b ₁ b ₃ . . . b _(N-2)

for i=1 . . . N−1

si=sq=1

if i=index of real(S1) and b ₁=1

si=−si

if i=index of imag(S1) and b ₁=1

sq=−sq

end for

S2=si·real(S2)+i·sq·imag(S2)  Equation 8

As shown in Equation 8, an XOR operation is performed on each of the bit values allocated to the real number part and the imaginary number part of S1 among the input signal S1 and the input signal S2. Then, based upon the result of the XOR operation, the signs respective to the real number part and the imaginary number part of S2 may be decided. Additionally, when transmission signal 1 and transmission 2, which respectively correspond to input signal S1 and input signal S2 having the MIMO encoding matrix applied thereto, as described above, are transmitted from transmission antenna 1 and transmission antenna 2, the reception symbols of the reception signal, having passed through the fully correlated channel and being received by the receiver, may have gray mapping. Therefore, the hamming distance between neighboring symbols within the constellation may not exceed the value of 2.

Since the (M*N)-QAM signal (or (M*M)-QAM signal) received by the receiving end has a minimum (or uniform) Euclidean distance and gray mapping, in case of the second embodiment of the present invention, the same performance of the SIMO method may also be expected in the fully correlated MIMO channel. However, when the ML decoder decodes the reception signal and acquired S1 and S2, since the S2 value depends upon S1, the complexity level may be increased. And, in an un-correlated MIMO channel, the performance is likely to be degraded due to a correlation between the input signals.

3. Third Embodiment MIMO Encoding Method Determining an MIMO Encoding Parameter while Considering a Hamming Distance in Addition to a Euclidean Distance

The third embodiment of the present invention proposes a method of performing MIMO encoding by determining a value a, so that the overall constellation of the reception signal does not have a minimum Euclidean distance, as in the first embodiment of the present invention, and so that the Euclidean distance can be optimized based upon a hamming distance of the reception signal.

That is, in the third embodiment, the Euclidean distance is being adjusted in order to compensate a difference in the recovery performance respective to a difference in the hamming distance with a difference in the power level. More specifically, with respect to neighboring symbols, wherein a difference in the number of bits of one symbol is 2 times that of another symbol, a performance degradation respective to a difference in the hamming distance, which may occur during the reception signal recovery, may be compensated by adjusting (i.e., increasing) the Euclidean distance, so that the section having 2 times the hamming distance can be provided with greater power level. First of all, a relative Euclidean distance is determined with respect to a reception signal, which corresponds to a combination of the 2 transmission signals (St1, St2) both being received by the receiving end. Referring to the above-described Equation 3, it will be apparent that the minimum Euclidean distance of a 16-QAM symbol having a decreasing power level is equal to 2(a−1), and that the minimum Euclidean distance of a 16-QAM symbol having an increasing power level is equal to 2(a+1) (this is because one reception signal is expressed as R=h{(a+1)S1+(a−1)S2}).

In the third embodiment, the MIMO encoder uses the above-described MIMO matrix in order to perform MIMO encoding, so that each input signal can be assigned with a different power level, and so that each input signal can have a different Euclidean distance. That is, according to the third embodiment of the present invention, the MIMO encoder may calculate and determine the value of an encoding parameter a, so that input signals being assigned with different power levels can each have a Euclidean distance, which can compensate for the difference in the hamming distance. Thus, the MIMO encoding process may be performed. Moreover, such value of a may be represented as Equation 9 shown below, according to a combination of the modulation methods.

$\begin{matrix} {a = \left\{ \begin{matrix} {{\sqrt{2} + 1},} & {{{{for}\mspace{14mu} {QPSK}} + {QPSK}}} \\ {{\left( {\sqrt{2} + 3 + \sqrt{5}} \right)/\left( {\sqrt{2} + 3 - \sqrt{5}} \right)},} & {{{for}\mspace{14mu} {QPSK}} + {16{QAM}}} \\ {{\left( {\sqrt{2} + 4} \right)/\left( {\sqrt{2} + 2} \right)},} & {{{{for}\mspace{14mu} 16{QAM}} + {16{QAM}}}} \end{matrix} \right.} & {{Equation}\mspace{14mu} 9} \end{matrix}$

In case of QPSK+16 QAM MIMO, it will be assumed that the value proposed above corresponds to when the constellation mapper has performed normalization of the power level to 1, after performing QAM modulation on input signal S1 and input signal S2 by respectively using QPSK and 16 QAM. In case the normalization process is not performed, the value a may be corrected accordingly.

Additionally, in addition to the value proposed in the case of QPSK+16 QAM MIMO, a value of 4.0 may be used as the value a. In case of QPSK+16 QAM MIMO, this is due to the characteristic enabling the combined signal to express both S1 and S2, even in a case of using the SM method in the fully correlated channel. In this case, in order to compensate for the performance in a high coding rate of an outer code, a value proximate to 4.0 may be used instead of the value calculated by using Equation 9.

Based upon the description presented above, when comparing the second embodiment of the present invention with the third embodiment of the present invention, in the fully correlated MIMO channel, the second embodiment of the present invention shows a performance identical to that of the SIMO, thereby causing no loss in the performance. Accordingly, the disadvantages of the MIMO method of the fully correlated MIMO channel may be enhanced. However, according to the second embodiment of the present invention, due to the MIMO encoding process, since the input data S1 and S2 are not independent from one another, the input data S2 may vary in accordance with the input data S1, thereby causing degradation in the performance in an un-related channel. Therefore, the reception of S1 and any decoding error occurring during the reception of S1 may be reflected to S2, thereby causing additional decoding error in S2. In order to resolve such problem, the present invention may use an iterative ML detection process.

The iterative ML detection includes an outer code in an iterative loop. Then, the iterative ML detection process uses a soft posteriori probability value of S1, which is outputted from the outer code, as a priori probability value of the ML detector. Accordingly, by reducing any detection error, any possible application of the detection error of S1 to the S2 detection may be reduced. By using this method, when using the MIMO encoding method according to the second embodiment of the present invention, the fully correlated MIMO channel may show the performance of an SIMO system, and the un-correlated MIMO channel may show the performance of the SM method.

The MIMO encoding process according to the third embodiment of the present invention is devised and designed so that the reception signal being received through the fully correlated MIMO channel can consider both the hamming distance and the Euclidean distance. Accordingly, the third embodiment of the present invention shows an excellent performance in the fully correlated MIMO channel. And, in comparison with the SM method, since the MIMO encoding process according to the third embodiment of the present invention shows no loss in performance in the un-correlated MIMO channel, it is verified that the gain in both the MIMO transmission and the MIMO reception can be used. In this case, since the complexity level of the receiver is similar to the complexity level corresponding to the SM method, the MIMO encoding process according to the third embodiment of the present invention is also advantageous in implementing the receiver of the present invention.

Meanwhile, when performing MIMO transmission/reception, a power imbalance situation may occur between the signals that are being transmitted through each communication path. More specifically, signals that are transmitted from multiple transmission antennae may be delivered to the receiver at different power levels. And, in a worst case, only one signal being transmitted from a transmission antenna may be received. Hereinafter, an MIMO encoding method that can minimize performance degradation in such power imbalance situation will be described in detail. Most particularly, an MIMO encoding method using an MIMO encoding matrix including an encoding coefficient, as described above, and additionally considering such power imbalance situation will be described in detail.

4. Fourth Embodiment MIMO Encoding Method Optimizing Value a Based Upon a Euclidean Distance of a Transmission Signal

By using the above-described MIMO encoding matrix, the value a may be calculated based upon the Euclidean distance of a transmission signal. In a MIMO system having two transmission antennae and two reception antennae, when input signal S1 corresponds to an M-QAM symbol, and when input signal S2 corresponds to an N-QAM symbol, signal S1+S2, which passes through a fully correlated MIMO channel, corresponds to an (M*N)-QAM signal.

As described above in Embodiment 1, based upon the reception signal, the value a may be decided by optimizing the Euclidean distance. However, in this case the decoding performance may be degraded in a power imbalance situation. Therefore, when the Euclidean distance is optimized based upon the transmission signals of the transmitting end, the degradation in the performance that may occur during a power imbalance situation at the receiving end may be minimized. The value a for optimizing the Euclidean distance based upon the transmission signals may be calculated by using Equation 10 shown below.

$\begin{matrix} {a = \left\{ \begin{matrix} {2,} & {{{{for}\mspace{14mu} {QPSK}} + {QPSK}}} \\ {4,} & {{{{for}\mspace{20mu} 16{QAM}} + {16{QAM}}}} \end{matrix} \right.} & {{Equation}\mspace{14mu} 10} \end{matrix}$

When using the MIMO encoding method shown in Embodiment 4, since the Euclidean distance of the transmission signal, which is received during a power imbalance situation, is optimized, it will be apparent that the degradation in the receiving performance has been minimized.

However, in case the symbol types of the inputted symbol are different from one another, as in the QPSK+16-QAM transmission method, another value is required to be used. This is because, when the modulation schemes (or methods) of the inputted signals, which are used during the MIMO transmission, are different from one another, and when the optimized value a is used on only one transmission antenna, a trade-off effect may occur, wherein the performance of another transmission antenna (or other transmission antennae) is relatively degraded.

5. Embodiment 5 MIMO Encoding Method Based Upon Gray Mapping in Addition to a Euclidean Distance of a Transmission Signal

In Embodiment 5, as described in Embodiment 4, the present invention proposes an MIMO encoding method enabling a transmission signal, which has passed through a fully correlated channel, to have gray mapping in a power imbalance situation, wherein value a is determined so that the Euclidean distance of the transmission signal can be optimized.

In the MIMO encoding method according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention, among the input signals S1 and S2, the signs of the real number part and the imaginary number part of S2 may be changed in accordance with the value of S1, so that each of the transmission signals can be processed with gray mapping. The change in the value of the data included in S2 may be performed by using the method such as Equation 2, which is described above in Embodiment 2.

More specifically, as shown in Equation 8, XOR operations may be performed on each of the bit values assigned to the real number part and the imaginary number part of input signals S1 and S2. And, the signs of the real number part and the imaginary number part of S2 may be decided based upon the result of the XOR operations, so that transmission signal 1 and transmission signal 2, each having gray mapping, can be transmitted from antenna 1 and antenna 2.

Since the (M*N)-QAM or (M*M-QAM) signal being transmitted from the transmitting end has a minimum Euclidean distance and gray mapping, in case of the fifth embodiment, even in the power imbalance situation, a performance identical to that of the SIMO method may be anticipated. However, when the ML decoder decodes the reception signal, so as to acquire S1 and S2, since the value of S2 is dependent upon S1, the complexity level may be increased.

6. Embodiment 6 MIMO Encoding Method Based Upon a Hamming Distance in Addition to a Euclidean Distance of a Transmission Signal

In Embodiment 6, instead of enabling the entire constellation of the transmission signal to have a minimum Euclidean distance, as described in Embodiment 4, the present invention determines the value a so that the Euclidean distance can be optimized based upon the Hamming distance of the transmission signal. More specifically, as described above in the third embodiment of the present invention, an encoding matrix may be designed, so that the squared value of the Euclidean distance between neighboring (or adjacent) constellation points, when the Hamming distance between the constellation points is equal to 2, can be equal to 2 times the squared value of the Euclidean distance between neighboring (or adjacent) constellation points, when the Hamming distance between the constellation points is equal to 1. In other words, the Euclidean distance may be adjusted so that a difference in the recovery performance, which is caused by a difference in the Hamming distance, can be compensated by a difference in power levels.

A method for determining the value a according to an embodiment of the present invention will hereinafter be described in detail.

For example, in the transmission signal, the Hamming distance corresponding to the section between the symbols within the constellation, which indicates the first input signal, is equal to ½ of the Hamming distance corresponding to the section in-between the symbols within the constellation, which indicates the first input signal. Therefore, the Euclidean distance may be adjusted so that the difference in the Hamming distance can be compensated by having the inner section maintain a power level that is two times higher than the power level of a neighboring (or adjacent) section. In other words, the neighboring section has a Hamming distance that is two times greater than that of the inner section. More specifically, referring to the symbols being adjacent to (or neighboring) one another, since the difference in the number of bits of one symbol is two time greater (or smaller) than its adjacent (or neighboring) symbol, the Euclidean distance may be extended, so that the section having a Hamming distance 2 times larger than that of another section can be supplied with a greater power level. Thus, the degradation in the performance, which is caused by the difference in the Hamming distance, can be compensated when recovering the reception signal. In other words, the Euclidean distance is adjusted, so that the difference in the recovery performance, which is caused by the difference in the Hamming distance, can be compensated by a difference in the power level.

First of all, a relative Euclidean distance in the constellation respective to each transmission signal (St1, St2), each being transmitted from the transmitting end, is determined. Referring to the above-described Equation 3, it will be apparent that the minimum Euclidean distance of a 16-QAM symbol having a decreasing power level is equal to (a−1), and that the minimum Euclidean distance of a 16-QAM symbol having an increasing power level is equal to (a+1). (This is because one transmission signal is expressed as R h{(a+1)S1+(a−1)S2}.) Then, by using the above-described conditions, the value a may be obtained, and the respective calculation may be expressed by using Equation 11 shown below.

$\begin{matrix} {a = \left\{ \begin{matrix} {{\sqrt{2} + 1},} & {{{{for}\mspace{20mu} {QPSK}} + {QPSK}}} \\ {{\sqrt{2} + 3},} & {{{{for}\mspace{20mu} 16{QAM}} + {16{QAM}}}} \end{matrix} \right.} & {{Equation}\mspace{14mu} 11} \end{matrix}$

However, as described in the QPSK+16-QAM transmission method, when the symbol types of each input signals are difference from one another, a different value should be used. This is because, when the modulation schemes (or methods) of the inputted signals, which are used during the MIMO transmission, are different from one another, and when the optimized value ‘a’ is used on only one transmission antenna, a trade-off effect may occur, wherein the performance of another transmission antenna (or other transmission antennae) is relatively degraded.

FIG. 26 illustrates a block diagram showing an exemplary structure of a broadcast signal receiving apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.

The broadcast signal receiving apparatus according to the present invention may include an OFDM demodulator (138100), a frame demapper (138200), a BICM decoder (138300), and an output processor (138400).

The frame demapper (138200) may also be referred to as a frame parser.

The OFDM demodulator (138100) converts time domain signals to frequency domain signals. Herein, the time domain signals correspond to signals being received through multiple reception antennae and then being converted to digital signals. Among the signals being converted to frequency domain signals, the frame demapper (138200) outputs the PLPs designated to required services. The BICM decider (138300) corrects errors that occur due to the transmission channel, and the output processor (138300) performs procedures required for generating an output TS or IP or GS stream.

FIG. 27 illustrates a block diagram showing an exemplary structure of an OFDM demodulator (131800) of the broadcast signal receiving apparatus. More specifically, the OFDM demodulator of FIG. 27 performs an inverse process of the OFDM generator of FIG. 21. According to the embodiment of the present invention, in order to receive a broadcast signal, which is transmitted by using a MIMO or MISO, two reception antennae (Rx1, Rx2) are used. An embodiment according to the present invention according uses a polarity multiplexing MIMO method.

The OFDM demodulator (138100) of FIG. 27 includes a first receiving unit configured to perform OFDM demodulation on a signal, which is received through the first reception antenna (Rx1), and a second receiving unit configured to perform OFDM demodulation on a signal, which is received through the second reception antenna (Rx2). The first receiving unit may include a tuner (139000-0), an ADC (139100-0), a P1 symbol detector (139200-0), an AP1 symbol detector (139250-0), a time/frequency synchronization unit (139300-0), a GI remover (139400-0), an FFT module (139500-0), and a channel estimator (139600-0). And, the second receiving unit may include a tuner (139000-1), an ADC (139100-1), a P1 symbol detector (139200-1), an AP1 symbol detector (139250-1), a time/frequency synchronization unit (139300-1), a GI remover (139400-1), an FFT module (139500-1), and a channel estimator (139600-1). The OFDM demodulator further includes an MISO decoder (139700) at a output terminal of the first and second receiving unit. The MISO (139700) will be referred to as an MISO processor. The description of the present invention will be mostly made based upon the blocks included in the first receiving unit. And, since the operations of the blocks included in the second receiving unit are identical to those of the blocks included in the first receiving unit, the detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

The tuner (139000-0) of the first receiving unit may select only a signal of a desired (or wanted) frequency band. Also, according to the embodiment of the present invention, in order to be applied to the TFS system, the tuner (139000-0) may have an FH (Frequency Hopping) function. The ADC (139100-0) converts the analog broadcasting signal, which is inputted through a first path (e.g., V-path), to a digital broadcasting signal.

The P1 symbol detector (139200-0) detects a P1 symbol from the digital broadcast signal, and the P1 symbol detector (139200-0) then uses P1 signaling information, which is carried by the P1 symbol, so as to determine the frame structure of the currently received signal. The AP1 symbol detector (139250-0) may detect and decode an AP1 symbol, which transmits the AP1 signaling information included in the digital broadcasting signal, so as to gain pilot pattern information of the current signal frame. Herein, the detection and decoding of the P1 symbol and the AP1 symbol may be performed by the P1 symbol detector (139200-0), and, in this case, the AP1 symbol detector (139250-0) may be omitted.

The time/frequency synchronization unit (139300-0) uses at least one of the P1 signaling information and the AP1 signaling information so as to perform GI extraction and time synchronization and carrier frequency synchronization.

The GI remover (139400-0) removes the GI from the synchronized signal, and the FFT module (139500-0) converts the GI-removed signal to a frequency domain signal.

The channel estimator (139600-0) uses a pilot signal being inserted in the frequency domain signal, so as to estimate a transmission channel starting from a transmission antenna to a reception antenna. The channel estimator (139600-0) performs channel equalization compensating for a distortion in a transmission channel based on the estimated transmission channel. The channel equalization is optional. The MISO decoder (139700) performs MISO decoding on data outputted from the channel estimator (139600-0).

When MISO decoding is performed on MISO PLP data and L1 signaling data, the MISO decoder (139700) of the present invention may perform 4 different operations. Each operation will hereinafter be described.

First of all, when the channel estimators (139600-0, 139600-1) included in the first receiving unit and the second receiving unit do not perform channel equalization on the MISO PLP, the MISO decoder (139700) may apply a channel estimation effect on all reference points that can be transmitted, thereby being capable of calculating the LLR value. Accordingly, the same effect as channel equalization may be gained.

Secondly, the MISO decoder (139700) may perform the following operations in accordance with the operations of the constellation mapper, which is included in the BICM module of the broadcasting signal transmitter. For example, when the constellation of the constellation map is rotated by a predetermined angle, and when only the Q-phase element of the constellation is delayed by an arbitrary value, the MISO decoder (139700) may delay only the I-phase element of the constellation by an arbitrary value and may calculate the 2D-LLR value based upon the constellation rotation angle.

According to another embodiment of the present invention, when the constellation mapper does not rotate the constellation, and when only the Q-phase element of the constellation is not delayed by the arbitrary value, the MISO decoder (139700) may be capable of calculating the 2D-LLR value based upon a normal QAM.

Thirdly, the MISO decoder (139700) may select a MISO decoding matrix, so that an inverse process of the MISO encoder, which is included in the OFDM generator described in FIG. 21, can be performed in accordance with the MISO encoding matrix used by the MISO encoder. And, then, the MISO decoder (139700) may perform MISO decoding.

Finally, the MISO decoder (139700) may merge the MISO PLP data, which are received through 2 reception antennae. The signal merging method according to the present invention may include maximum ratio combining, equal gain combining, selective combining, and so on. In this case, the MISO decoder (139700) may maximize the SNR of the merged signal, so as to gain a diversity effect.

Additionally, the MISO decoder (139700) may perform MISO decoding on a signal, which is processed with signal merging. Then, after performing MISO decoding on the input of the two antennae, the MISO decoder (139700) may merge the MISO decoded signals.

The MISO decoder (139700) may perform MIMO decoding on the MIMO PLP data, which are being inputted through the first path and the second path. In this case, the MISO decoder (139700) may perform the same operations as the above-described MISO decoding process. However, among the 4 operation steps, the last operation, i.e., the signal merging operation may not be performed.

FIG. 28 illustrates an exemplary structure of any one of the P1 symbol detectors (139200-0, 139200-1) according to an embodiment of the present invention. Herein, the P1 symbol detectors (139200-0, 139200-1) may also be referred to as a C-A-B preamble detector.

The present invention will describe the P1 symbol detector (139200-0) of the first receiving unit. An operation description of the P1 symbol detector (139200-1) of the second receiving unit refers to that of the P1 symbol detector (139200-0) of the first receiving unit.

More specifically, the signal that is converted to a digital signal from the ADC (139100-0) may be inputted to a down shifter (139801), a 1^(st) conjugator (139803), and a 2^(nd) delayer (139806) of the P1 symbol detector (139200).

The down shifter (139801) performs inverse modulation by multiplying e^(−j2πf) ^(SH) by the input signal. When inverse modulation is performed by the down shifter (139801), the signal being frequency-shifted and inputted is recovered to the original signal. The inverse modulated signal may be outputted to a 1^(st) delayer (139802) and a 2^(nd) conjugator (139807).

The 1^(st) delayer (139802) delays the inverse-modulated signal by a length of part C (T_(C)) and then outputs the delayed signal to the 1^(st) conjugator (139803). The 1^(st) conjugator (139803) performs complex-conjugation on the signal, which is delayed by a length of part C (T_(C)). Then, the 1^(st) conjugator (139803) multiplies the input signal by the complex-conjugated signal, thereby outputting the processed signal to a 1^(st) filter (139804). The 1^(st) filter (139804) uses a running average filter having the length of T_(R)=T_(A), so as to remove (or eliminate) any excessively and unnecessarily remaining modulation elements, thereby outputting the processed signal to a 3^(rd) delayer (139805). The 3^(rd) delayer (139805) delays the filtered signal by a length of part A (i.e., effective (or valid) symbol) (T_(A)), so as to output the delayed signal to a multiplier (139809).

The 2^(nd) delayer (139806) delays the input signal by a length of part B (T_(B)) and then outputs the delayed signal to the 2^(nd) conjugator (139807). The 2^(nd) conjugator (139807) performs complex-conjugation on the signal, which is delayed by a length of part B (T_(B)). Then, the 2^(nd) conjugator (139807) multiplies the complex-conjugated signal by an inverse-modulated signal, thereby outputting the processed signal to a 2^(nd) filter (139808). The 2^(nd) filter (139808) uses a running average filter having the length of T_(R)=T_(A), so as to remove (or eliminate) any excessively and unnecessarily remaining modulation elements, thereby outputting the processed signal to the multiplier (139809).

The multiplier (139809) multiplies the output of the 2^(nd) filter (139809) by a signal, which is delayed by a length of part A (T_(A)). Thus, a P1 symbol may be detected from each signal frame of the received broadcast signal.

Herein, the length of part C (T_(C)) and the length of part B (T_(B)) may be obtained by applying Equation 11 shown above.

FIG. 29 illustrates an exemplary structure of any one of the AP1 symbol detectors (139250-0, 139250-1) according to an embodiment of the present invention. Herein, the AP1 symbol detectors (139250-0, 139250-1) may also be referred to as an F-D-E preamble detector.

The present invention will describe the AP1 symbol detector (139250-0) of the first receiving unit. An operation description of the AP1 symbol detector (139250-1) of the second receiving unit refers to that of the AP1 symbol detector (139250-0) of the first receiving unit.

More specifically, the signal that is converted to a digital signal from the ADC (139100-0) or a signal that is outputted from the P1 symbol detector (139200) may be inputted to an up-shifter (139901), a 1^(st) conjugator (139903), and a 2^(nd) delayer (139906) of the AP1 symbol detector (139250-0).

The up-shifter (139901) performs inverse modulation by multiplying e^(j2πf) ^(SH) by the input signal. When inverse modulation is performed by the up-shifter (139901), the signal being frequency-shifted and inputted is recovered to the original signal. More specifically, the up-shifter (139901) of FIG. 29 has the same structure as the down-shifter (139801) of the P1 symbol detector (139200). However, the frequency direction of each inverse modulation process is completely opposite to one another. The signal that is inverse modulated by the up-shifter (139901) may be outputted to a 1^(st) delayer (139902) and a 2^(nd) conjugator (139907).

The 1^(st) delayer (139902) delays the inverse-modulated signal by a length of part F (T_(F)) and then outputs the delayed signal to the 1^(st) conjugator (139903). The 1^(st) conjugator (139903) performs complex-conjugation on the signal, which is delayed by a length of part F (T_(F)). Then, the 1^(st) conjugator (139903) multiplies the input signal by the complex-conjugated signal, thereby outputting the processed signal to a 1^(st) filter (139904). The 1^(St) filter (139904) uses a running average filter having the length of T_(R)=T_(D), so as to remove (or eliminate) any excessively and unnecessarily remaining modulation elements, thereby outputting the processed signal to a 3^(rd) delayer (139905). The 3^(rd) delayer (139905) delays the filtered signal by a length of part D (i.e., effective (or valid) symbol) (T_(D)), so as to output the delayed signal to a multiplier (139909).

The 2^(nd) delayer (139906) delays the input signal by a length of part E (T_(E)) and then outputs the delayed signal to the 2^(nd) conjugator (139907). The 2^(nd) conjugator (139907) performs complex-conjugation on the signal, which is delayed by a length of part E (T_(E)). Then, the 2^(nd) conjugator (139907) multiplies the complex-conjugated signal by an inverse-modulated signal, thereby outputting the processed signal to a 2^(nd) filter (139908). The 2^(nd) filter (139908) uses a running average filter having the length of T_(R)=T_(D), so as to remove (or eliminate) any excessively and unnecessarily remaining modulation elements, thereby outputting the processed signal to the multiplier (139909).

The multiplier (139909) multiplies the output of the 2^(nd) filter (139909) by a signal, which is delayed by a length of part D (T_(D)). Thus, an AP1 symbol may be detected from each signal frame of the received broadcast signal. Herein, the length of part F (T_(F)) and the length of part E (T_(E)) may be obtained by applying Equation 11 shown above.

FIG. 30 illustrates an exemplary frame demapper (138200) of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is adequate for processing an output of the OFDM demodulator shown in FIG. 27.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, the frame demapper (138200) performs an inverse process of the frame builder (100300) of the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus shown in FIG. 20.

The frame demapper of FIG. 30 may include a first frame demapping block (140100) for processing data being inputted through a first path and a second frame demapping block (140200) for processing data being inputted through a second path.

The first frame demapping block (140100) may include a first frequency deinterleaver (140101), a first cell demapper (140102), a first coupler (140103), a second coupler (140104), and a third coupler (140105), and the second frame demapping block (140200) may include a second frequency deinterleaver (140201) and a second cell demapper (140202).

Also, the first frequency deinterleaver (140101) and the first cell demapper (140102) and the second frequency deinterleaver (140201) and the second cell demapper (140202) may perform the same operations with respect to the first path and the second path or may perform independent operations.

Hereinafter, a data processing method of the blocks included in a first frame builder demapping block (140100) and a second frame builder demapping block (140200) be described in detail.

The first frequency deinterleaver (140101) and the second frequency deinterleaver (140201) may each perform cell unit deinterleaving in a frequency domain on data being inputted through the first path and the second path.

The first cell demapper (140102) and the second cell demapper (140202) may extract common PLP data, PLP data, and L1 signaling data from the deinterleaved data in cell units. The extracted PLP data may include MISO-decoded MISO PLP data and MIMO-decoded MIMO PLP data, and the extracted L1 signaling data may include information on the current transmission frame and the next transmission frame. Furthermore, when sub-slicing has been performed on the PLP data by the transmitter, a sub-slicing processor of the first cell demapper (140102) and the second cell demapper (140202) may merge the sliced PLP data, thereby merging the sliced data so as to generate a single stream.

When the MISO decoder of the OFDM modulator does not perform signal coupling of the MISO-decoded MISO PLP data, the first coupler (140103) may perform signal coupling of the MISO-decoded MISO PLP data.

The second coupler (140104) and the third coupler (140105) perform the same functions as the first coupler (140103). However, the difference herein is that the operations are respectively performed on the L1-pre-signaling data and the L1-post-signaling data.

As shown in FIG. 30, data being processed with frame demapping, i.e., data being outputted through the first path, such as the MISO PLP data, the MIMO PLP data, and the signaling data may be inputted to the BICM decoder through a path starting from SRx_k to SRx_post, and the MIMO PLP data being outputted through the second path may be inputted to the BICM decoder through a path starting from SRx_m+1 to SRx_n+1.

FIG. 31 illustrates an exemplary BICM decoder of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is adequate for processing the output of the frame demapper shown in FIG. 30. Most particularly, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the BICM decoder performs an inverse process of the MICM module of the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus shown in FIG. 19.

The BICM decoder of FIG. 31 includes a first BICM decoding block (150100) receiving MISO PLP data through one path (SRx_k) and processing the received data, a second BICM decoding block (150300) receiving MIMO PLP data through two paths (SRx_m, SRx_m+1) and processing the received data, and a third BICM decoding block (150500) receiving L1 signaling data through two paths (SRx_pre, SRx_post) and processing the received data. Also, the third BICM decoding block (150500) includes a first decoding block for processing L1-pre-signaling data and a second decoding block for processing L1-post-signaling data

Herein, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the MISO PLP data and the L1 signaling data may be inputted after being MISO-decoded by the OFDM demodulator of FIG. 30, and the MIMO PLP data may be MIMO-decoded by the BICM decoder of FIG. 31.

More specifically, the BICM decoder of the present invention may independently apply the MISO method on the data being inputted from each path, and may also apply the MIMO method.

Hereinafter, the data processing method of each block will be described.

First of all, a first BICM decoding block (150100) may include a time deinterleaver (150101), a cell deinterleaver (150102), a constellation demapper (150103), a mux (150104), a bit deinterleaver (150105), and an FEC decoder (150106).

The time deinterleaver (150101) performs deinterleaving in a time domain on the inputted data, which MISO-decoded by the OFDM modulator, so as to recover the data to the initial position, and the cell deinterleaver (150102) may perform cell unit deinterleaving on the time-deinterleaved data.

The constellation demapper (150103) may perform the following functions in accordance with the operations of the MISO decoder (139700) of the OFDM demodulator.

First of all, in case the MISO decoder (139700) performs only MISO-decoding without directly outputting the LLR value, the constellation demapper (150103) may calculate the LLR value. More specifically, a detailed description will hereinafter be made. When constellation rotation and Q-phase element delay are performed by the constellation demapper, which is included in the BICM module of the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus shown in FIG. 19, the constellation demapper (150103) may first delay an I-phase element and may then calculate the LLR value. If the constellation demapper, which is included in the BICM module of the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus, does not perform constellation rotation and Q-phase element delay, the constellation demapper (150103) may calculate an LLR value based upon a normal QAM standard.

The method for calculating the LLR value may include a method for calculating a 2-D LLR and a method for calculating a 1-D LLR value. In case of calculating the 1-D LLR value, any one of the input to the first path and the input to the second path is performed, so as to reduce the complexity in the LLR calculation.

The mux (150104) may recover the demapped data to a bit stream format. More specifically, when the output order of the bits are adjusted (or controlled) and transmitted from the demux of the transmitting end, the mux (150104) recovers the initial output order.

The bit deinterleaver (150105) performs deinterleaving on the inputted bit stream in bit units, and the FEC decoder (150106) performs FEC-decoding on the data processed with bit-deinterleaving, so as to perform error correction over the transmission channel, thereby outputting the MISO PLP data. In this case, according to the embodiment of the present invention, LDPC decoding and/or BCH decoding method(s) may be used as the decoding method.

The second BICM decoding block (150300) may include a first time deinterleaver (150301) and a second time deinterleaver (150401), a first cell deinterleaver (150302) and a second cell deinterleaver (150402), a first constellation demapper (150303) and a second constellation demapper (150403), a mux (150305), a bit deinterleaver (150306), and an FEC decoder (150307).

The first time deinterleaver (150301) and the second time deinterleaver (150401) may perform deinterleaving in a time domain on the inputted data in cell units, so as to recover data by the initial (or original) data order. In this case, the first cell deinterleaver (150302) and the second cell deinterleaver (150402) may perform cell deinterleaving only on the data corresponding to half the size of a cell included in an FEC block, among the data being inputted through each path. Eventually, the cell deinterleaving performed by the first cell deinterleaver (150302) and the second cell deinterleaver (150402) may have the same effect as the deinterleaving performed by the MISO type cell deinterleaver (150102) by using one FEC block.

The MIMO decoder (150303) performs MIMO decoding on the data being outputted from the first and second cell deinterleavers (150302, 150402). Among the 4 different operations of the MISO decoder (139700), which is included in the ODFM demodulator shown in FIG. 27, the MIMO decoder (150303) may identically perform the 3 remaining operations of the MISO decoder (139700) excluding the fourth operation, i.e., the signal coupling operation. At this point, the MIMO decoder (150303) may also perform decoding by using the MIMO encoding matrix according to the first to third embodiments of the present invention.

For the description of the first constellation demapper (150304), the second constellation demapper (150404), the mux (150305), the bit deinterleaver (150306), and the FEC decoder (150307), reference may be made to the operations of the same blocks included in the first BICM decoding block (150100).

The third BICM decoding block (150500) includes a first decoding block for processing L1-pre-siganling data and a second decoding block for processing L1-post-siganling data.

At this point, the L1-pre-siganling data and the L1-post-siganling data are MISO decoded by the MISO decoder (139700) of the OFDM demodulator shown in FIG. 27.

The first decoding block may include a time deinterleaver (150501), a cell deinterleaver (150502), a constellation demapper (150503), and an FEC decoder (150504), and the second decoding block may include a time deinterleaver (150601), a cell deinterleaver (150602), a constellation demapper (150603), a mux (150604), a bit deinterleaver (150605), and an FEC decoder (150606).

Hereinafter, since the functions of each block included in the first decoding block and the second decoding block are identical to the respective blocks included in the first BICM decoding block (150100), a detailed description of the same will be omitted. However, according to an embodiment of the present invention, each of the FEC decoders (150504, 150606) shall perform FEC decoding, after performing de-shortening and de-puncturing on the input data.

Eventually, the first BICM decoding block (150100) may output the BICM-decoded MISO PLP data to the output processor, and the second BICM decoding block (150300) may output the BICM-decoded MIMO PLP data to the output processor. Also, the first decoding block of the third BICM decoding block (150500) may also output the BICM-decoded L1-pre-signaling data to the output processor, and the second decoding block of the third BICM decoding block (150500) may also output the BICM-decoded L1-post-signaling data to the output processor.

Since the BICM decoder of FIG. 31 is positioned between the first and second cell deinterleavers (150302, 150402) and the first and second constellation demappers (150304, 150404), by performing MIMO decoding after performing both the time deinterleaving and cell deinterelaving processes is symbol units, the complexity in the memory of the broadcasting signal recover may be reduced.

According to another embodiment of the present invention, the MIMO decoder of the second BICM decoding block (150300) may also be positioned before the first and second time deinterleavers (150301, 150401).

FIG. 32 illustrates an OFDM demodulator (138100) of a broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention. The OFDM demodulator of FIG. 32 corresponds to an OFDM demodulator performing inverse operation processes of the OFDM generator shown in FIG. 24. According to the embodiment of the present invention, in order to receive broadcasting signals that are transmitted by using the MISO or MIMO method, two reception antennae (Rx1, Rx2) are used. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the present invention uses a polarity multiplexing MIMO method.

The OFDM demodulator (138100) of FIG. 32 includes a first receiving unit (160100) performing OFDM demodulation on a signal, which is received through a first reception antenna (Rx1), and a second receiving unit (160300) performing OFDM demodulation on a signal, which is received through a second reception antenna (Rx2).

According to the embodiment of the present invention, the first receiving unit (160100) includes a tuner (160101), an ADC (160102), a P1 symbol detector (160103), an AP1 symbol detector (160104), a time/frequency synchronization unit (160105), a GI remover (160106), an FFT module (160107), and a channel estimator (160108). According to the embodiment of the present invention, the second receiving unit (160300) includes a tuner (160301), an ADC (160302), a P1 symbol detector (160303), an AP1 symbol detector (160304), a time/frequency synchronization unit (160305), GI remover (160306), an FFT module (160307), and a channel estimator (160308).

The OFDM demodulator of FIG. 32 does not include an MISO decoder, and the OFDM demodulator of FIG. 27 includes an MISO decoder. With the exception of such differences, the two OFDM demodulators are identical to one another. Therefore, for the detailed description of the operations performed by each block shown in FIG. 32, reference may be made to the description on the operations of the same blocks shown in FIG. 27. Accordingly, detailed description of the corresponding blocks will be omitted for simplicity. Additionally, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the P1 symbol detector (160103) detects the P1 symbol by using FIG. 28, and the AP1 symbol detector (160104) detects the AP1 symbol by using FIG. 29. In this case, MISO PLP data that are not processed with MISO decoding and MIMO PLP data that are not processed with MIMO decoding are outputted to the BICM decoder.

FIG. 33 illustrates a frame demapper (138200) of a broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention, which is adequate for processing the output of the OFDM demodulator shown in FIG. 32.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, the frame demapper (138200) performs inverse operation processes of the frame builder (100300) included in the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus shown in FIG. 23.

The frame demapper of FIG. 33 includes a first frame demapping block (170100) for processing data that are inputted through a first path, and a second frame demapping block (170300) for processing data that are inputted through a second path. The first frame demapping block (170100) includes a first pair-wise frequency deinterleaver (170101) and a first pair-wise cell demapper (170102), and the second frame demapping block (170300) includes a second pair-wise frequency deinterleaver (170301) and a second pair-wise cell demapper (170302).

Additionally, the first pair-wise frequency deinterleaver (170101) and the first pair-wise cell demapper (170102) and the second pair-wise frequency deinterleaver (170301) and the second pair-wise cell demapper (170302) may perform the same operations with respect to the first path and the second path and may also independently perform the respective operations.

The data processing method of the blocks included in each of the first frame builder demapping block (170100) and the second frame builder demapping block (170300) will hereinafter be described in detail.

The first pair-wise frequency deinterleaver (170101) and the second pair-wise frequency deinterleaver (170301) performs deinterleaving on the data being respectively inputted through the first path and the second path in cell units and in the respective frequency domain. In this case, the first pair-wise frequency deinterleaver (170101) and the second pair-wise frequency deinterleaver (170301) groups 2 consecutive cells in pairs, thereby processing each pair of cells as a single deinterleaving unit and performing frequency deinterleaving. The deinterleaving procedure may be performed as an inverse process of the interleaving procedure performed by the transmitting unit. And, the frequency deinterleaved data are recovered by the initial data order, thereby being outputted.

The first pair-wise cell demapper (170102) and the second pair-wise cell demapper (170302) may extract common PLP data, PLP data, and L1 signaling information in cell units from the deinterleaved data. The extracted PLP data may include MISO PLP data, wherein the MISO method is to be applied, and MIMO PLP data, wherein the MIMO method is to be applied. And, the extracted L1 signaling information may include information on the current transmission frame and information on the next transmission frame. Additionally, if sub-slicing has been performed on the PLP data by the transmitter, the first pair-wise cell demapper (170102) and the second pair-wise cell demapper (170302) may merge the sub-sliced PLP data, so as to generate a single stream.

Moreover, the first pair-wise cell demapper (170102) and the second pair-wise cell demapper (170302) may group 2 consecutive cell in pairs and may then perform extraction.

The data being processed with cell demapping by the first pair-wise cell demapper (170102) may be inputted to the BICM decoder through a first path (from SRx_(—)0 to SRx_post), and the data being processed with cell demapping by the second pair-wise cell demapper (170302) may be outputted to the BICM decoder through a second path (from SRx_(—)0+1 to SRx_post+1).

FIG. 34 illustrates a BICM decoder of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention, which is adequate for processing the output of the frame demapper shown in FIG. 33. Most particularly, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the BICM decoder may perform inverse operation processes of the BICM Module included in the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus shown in FIG. 23.

With the exception of the BICM decoder of FIG. 34 including an MISO decoder, the BICM decoder of FIG. 34 has the same structure as the BICM decoder shown in FIG. 31. More specifically, FIG. 34 may independently perform MISO decoding or MIMO decoding on the data being inputted from each path.

The BICM decoder of FIG. 34 includes a first BICM decoding block (180100) receiving MISO PLP data from 2 paths (SRx_k, SRx_k+1) and processing the received MISO PLP data, a second BICM decoding block (180300) receiving MIMO PLP data from 2 paths (SRx_m, SRx_m+1), and a third BICM decoding block (180500) receiving L1 pre-signaling data from 2 paths (SRx_pre, SRx_pre+1) and receiving L1 post-signaling data from paths (SRx_post, SRx_post+1), thereby processing the received data. In order to do so, third BICM decoding block (180500) includes a first decoding block for processing the L1 pre-signaling data, and a second decoding block for processing the L1 post-signaling data. The first BICM decoding block (180100) includes first and second time deinterleavers (180101, 180201), first and second cell deinterleavers (180102, 180202), a MISO decoder (180103), a constellation demapper (180104), a MUX (180105), a bit deinterleaver (180106), and an FEC decoder (180107).

The second BICM decoding block (180300) includes first and second time deinterleavers (180301, 180401), first and second cell deinterleavers (180302, 180402), an MISO decoder (180303), a constellation demapper (180304), a MUX (180405), a bit deinterleaver (180306), and an FEC decoder (180307).

The first decoding block of the third BICM decoding block (180500) includes first and second time deinterleavers (180501, 180601), first and second cell deinterleavers (180502, 180602), an MISO decoder (180503), a constellation demapper (180504), and an FEC decoder (180505).

The second decoding block of the third BICM decoding block (180500) includes first and second time deinterleavers (180701, 180801), first and second cell deinterleavers (180702, 180802), an MISO decoder (180703), a constellation demapper (180704), a MUX (180705), a bit deinterleaver (180706), and an FEC decoder (180707). Herein, the MUX of each of the first to third decoding blocks (180100, 180300, 180500) may also be referred to as a cell-bit MUX.

The MISO decoders (180103, 180503, 180703) according to the present invention may perform 4 different operation steps. Hereinafter, each operation step will be described in detail.

Firstly, when the channel estimator included in the OFDM demodulator does has not performed channel equalization, the MISO decoders (180103, 180503, 180703) may calculate an LLR value, after applying a channel estimation effect on all transmittable reference points. Thus, the same effect as channel equalization may be gained.

Secondly, the MISO decoders (180103, 180503, 180703) may perform the following operations in accordance with the operations of the constellation mapper included in the BICM module of the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus. When the constellation mapper included in the BICM module of the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus rotates the constellation to a predetermined angle and delays only the Q-phase element of the constellation by an arbitrary value, the MISO decoders (180103, 180503, 180703) may delay only the I-phase element of the constellation by an arbitrary value and may calculate a 2D-LLR value based upon the constellation rotation angle.

In case the constellation mapper included in the BICM module of the broadcasting signal transmitter does not rotate the constellation and does not delay only the Q-phase element of the constellation by an arbitrary value, the MISO decoder (180103, 180503, 180703) may calculate a 2-D LLR value based upon a normal QAM standard.

Thirdly, the MISO decoders (180103, 180503, 180703) may perform MISO decoding, after selecting a MISO decoding matrix, so that an inverse process of the MISO encoder included in the BICM module of the broadcasting signal transmitter can be performed with respect with the MISO encoding matrix used by the MISO encoder.

Finally, the MISO decoders (180103, 180503, 180703) may combine the signals that are inputted through two reception antennae. Examples of the signal combining method according to the present invention may include maximum ratio combining, equal gain combining, selective combining, and so on. And, by maximizing the SNR of the combined signals, a diversity effect may be gained.

Additionally, the MISO decoder (180103, 180503, 180703) may perform MISO decoding on a signal, which is processed with signal combining, and the MISO decoded signals may be combined after performing MISO decoding on the two antenna inputs.

The MIMO decoder (180303) performs MIMO decoding on the MIMO PLP data, which are received through 2 paths (SRx_m, SRx_m+1). And, among the above-described 4 operation processes of the MISO decoder (180103, 180503, 180703), with the exception for the fourth operation process, i.e., the signal combining operation, the remaining operation processes may be performed identically as the MIMO decoder (180303). At this point, the MIMO decoder (180303) may perform decoding by using the MIMO encoding matrix used in the first to third embodiments of the present invention, which are described above.

For the remaining blocks, reference may be made to the description of the operation processes of the respective blocks shown in FIG. 31. And, therefore, detailed description of the same will hereinafter be omitted for simplicity. More specifically, for the portions that are not described with reference to FIG. 34, the present invention will follow the description on the operation processes shown in FIG. 31.

Eventually, the first BICM decoding block (180100) outputs the deinterleaved, MISO decoded, and error corrected MISO PLP data to an outer processor, and the second BICM decoding block (180300) outputs the deinterleaved, MISO decoded, and error corrected MIMO PLP data to an output processor. Additionally, the first decoding block of the third BICM decoding block (150500) outputs the deinterleaved, MISO decoded, and error corrected L1 pre-signaling data to an output processor, and the second decoding block outputs deinterleaved, MISO decoded, and error corrected L1 post-signaling data to an output processor.

Since the MISO/MIMO decoder is/are located between the cell deinterleaver and the first and second constellation demappers, the BICM decoder of FIG. 34 may perform MIMO decoding after performing both time deinterleaving and cell deinterleaving in symbol units. Thus, the complexity level in the memory of the broadcasting signal receiver may be reduced.

According to another embodiment of the present invention, the MISO/MIMO decoder may be located in front of the time deinterleaver. More specifically, in the first BICM decoding block (180100), the MISO decoder may be located in front of the first and second time deinterleavers (180101, 180201), and, in the second BICM decoding block (180300), the MIMO decoder may be located in front of the first and second time deinterleavers (180301, 180401). Additionally, in the first decoding block of the third BICM decoding block (180500), the MISO decoder may be located in front of the first and second time deinterleavers (180501, 180601), and, in the second decoding block, the MISO decoder may be located in front of the first and second time deinterleavers (180701, 180801).

FIG. 35 illustrates an exemplary output processor (138300) of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.

FIG. 35 shows an exemplary embodiment of the output processor (138300) corresponding to a case when 1 output stream is used (or when 1 PLP input is used), wherein the output processor (138300) performs the inverse processes of the input processor (100100) and the input pre-processor (100000).

When 1 output stream is used, the output processor may include a BB descrambler (190100), a padding remover (190200), a CRC-8 decoder (190300), and a BB frame processor (190400).

The BB descramble (190100) descrambles the inputted bit stream. More specifically, the BB descrambler (190100) performs an XOR operation of the bit stream, which is identically generated as the PRBS processed by the BB scrambler (110500) shown in FIG. 16, and an input bit stream, thereby performing descrambling. When required, the padding remover (190200) removes the padding bit, which is inserted by the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus. The CRC-8 decoder (190300) performs CRC decoding on the inputted bit stream, and the BB frame processor may first decode the information included in the BB frame header. Then, the CRC-8 decoder (190300) may use the decoded information, so as to recover the TS/IP/GS stream and output the recovered stream.

FIG. 36 illustrates an exemplary output processor (138300) of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.

FIG. 36 illustrates an example of an output processor (138300) according to an embodiment of the present invention corresponding to a case when multiple output streams are used, i.e., when multiple PLPs are received. Herein, the output processor shown herein is similar to the inverse process of the input processor (100100) of FIG. 17 and FIG. 18 and the input pre-processor (100000) of FIG. 9. When components configuring a service are each received by a different PLP, the output processor (138300) of FIG. 36 is adequate for configuring a single service by extracting the components from each PLP.

The output processor include a PLP output processing block for processing PLP data and a signaling processing block for processing signaling data.

The PLP output processing block may include n+1 number of BB descramblers (193100-0˜n) for processing n number of PLPs, n+1 number of padding removers (193200-0˜n), n+1 number of CRC-8 decoders (193300-0˜n), n+1 number of BB frame processors (193400-0˜n), n+1 number of De-jitter buffers (193500-0˜n), n+1 number of null packet inserters (193600-0˜n), n-m+1 number of in-band signaling decoders (193700-m˜n), a TS clock regenerator (193800), and a TS re-coupler (193900).

If the output stream corresponds to an IP stream or a GSE stream, the CRC-8 decoders (193300-0˜n) and the n+1 number of null packet inserters (193600-0˜n) may be omitted from the block diagram of FIG. 36, or the corresponding blocks may be bypassed. For example, since the IP packet is buffered to best-fit a time stamp, so as to be reproduced by the receiver, the transmitter is not required to delay the corresponding data, and a null packet is not required to be added/deleted.

Since the operations of each of the BB descramblers (193100-0˜n), the padding removers (193200-0˜n), the CRC-8 decoders (193300-0˜n), and the BB frame processors (193400-0˜n) are identical to the operations of the respective blocks shown in FIG. 35, reference may be made to FIG. 35 for the detailed description of the corresponding blocks and, therefore, detailed description of the same will be omitted herein. In the description of FIG. 36, only the portions that are different from the structure shown in FIG. 35 will be described herein.

The de-jitter buffers (193500-0˜n) compensates for the delays, which are arbitrarily inserted by the transmitting end for the synchronization between the multiple PLPs, in accordance with a TTO (time to output parameter).

The null packet inserters (193600-0˜n) may refer to DNP (deleted null packet) information, which indicate information on the number of deleted null packets, so as to insert the null packets, which are removed by the transmitting end, in the respective positions of the corresponding TS. At this point, the TS clock regenerator (193800) may recover detailed time synchronization of the output packet based upon the ISCR (Input Stream Time Reference).

The TS coupler (193900) may also be referred to as a TS merger and, as described above, the TS coupler (193900) may recover the common PLP, and data PLPs, which are recovered as described above, to the initial TS or IP or GSE stream, and may then output the recovered stream. According to the present invention, TTO, DNP, ISCR information are all included in the BB frame header and transmitted. The in-band signaling decoders (193700-m˜n) may recover the in-band signaling information, which is being transmitted through the data PLP, and may then output the recovered information.

For example, it will be assumed herein that a service is configured of a common PLP, a video component PLP, an audio component PLP, and data component PLP, as shown in (b) of FIG. 11, through the input pre-processor (100000) the input processor (100100) of the transmitter. Accordingly, the de-jitter buffers (193500-0˜n) of FIG. 36 may output multiple PLPs to the null packet inserters (193600-0˜n), as shown in (b) of FIG. 11, and the null packet inserters (193600-0˜n) may refer to DNP information, so as to insert the null packets, which are removed by the transmitting end, in the respective positions of the corresponding TS. Accordingly, a common TS, a video component TS, an audio component TS, and a data component TS, each having the null packets inserted therein, as shown in (a) of FIG. 11 ((b) of FIG. 10), may be outputted to the TS coupler (193900). When the TS coupler (193900) merges the valid packets of the common TS, the video component TS, the audio component TS, and the data component TS, a TS configuring a singled service may be outputted, as shown in (a) of FIG. 10.

Meanwhile, the signaling output processing block may include two BB descramblers (194100, 194200) and an L1 signaling decoder (194300). The BB descrambler (194100) may descramble data corresponding to L1-pre-signaling information and the BB descrambler (194200) may descramble data corresponding to L1-post-signaling information. Moreover, data corresponding to L1 signaling information may be descrambled in a single BB descrambler.

The L1 signaling decoder (194300) decodes the descrambled L1-pre-signaling information and L1-post-signaling information, so as to recover the L1 signaling information. The recovered L1 signaling information includes L1-pre-signaling information and L1-post-signaling information. Additionally, the L1-post-signaling information includes configurable L1-post-signaling information and dynamic L1-post-signaling information.

The L1 signaling information, which is recovered by the L1 signaling decoder (194300) may be delivered to the system controller, so as to provide parameters, which are required by the broadcasting signal receiver for performing operations, such as BICM (Bit Interleaved Coding and Modulation) decoding, frame demapping, OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex) demodulation, and so on.

FIG. 37 illustrates a block diagram showing a structure of a broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to yet another embodiment of the present invention. Herein, FIG. 37 corresponds to a block diagram showing the structure of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus, when the stream type being inputted to the input pre-processor of the transmitter corresponds to the TS format. In case of receiving each of the components configuring a single service through a different PLP, the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus of FIG. 37 is adequate for extracting the components from each PLP, thereby configuring a single service.

In FIG. 37, for the detailed description on the operations of the OFDM demodulator (210100) and the frame demapper (210200), reference may be made to the detailed description on the operations of the above-described OFDM demodulator (138100) and frame demapper (138200), and, therefore, detailed description of the same will be omitted herein.

In FIG. 37, the multiple PLP deinterleaving and demodulator modules (210500), which perform deinterleaving and demodulation on each of the multiple PLPs, perform similar operations as the above-described BICM decoder (138300). And, multiple BBF decoders and null packet reconstruction modules (210600), which output TS by performing BBF (BaseBand Frame) decoding and null packet reconstruction operations, and the TS merger (210700) perform operations that are similar to the operations of the above-described output processor (138400). The L1 decoder (210300) corresponds to the above-described L1 signaling decoder.

In FIG. 37, when a service is selected, the PLP selecting module (210400) controls the frame demapper (210200), so that only the PLP of the components configuring the selected service can be outputted from the frame demapper (210200). Herein, the service selection may be realized by a user's request, or may be automatically realized in the system.

More specifically, the OFDM demodulator (210100) decodes the P1/AP1 signaling information, and the L1 decoder (210600) decodes L1/L2 signaling information, so as to acquire information on a transmission frame structure and information on PLP configuration. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the components configuring a service are received by multiple PLPs. In this case, since PLP information or service information on the component structure is included in the L1 signaling information, the broadcasting receiver may be capable of knowing to which PLPs the components, which configure a service, are included.

Accordingly, when a service is selected, the PLP selecting module (210400) controls the frame demapper (210200), and the frame demapper (210200) outputs multiple sets of PLP data including the corresponding components to the selected service. The multiple sets of PLP data are processed with deinterleaving/demodulation processes by the corresponding deinterleaving and demodulator module. And, after the BBF decoding/null packet reconstruction processes are processed by the BBF decoder and null packet reconstruction module, the TS merger (210700) merges the processed data to configure a TS respective to the selected service.

For example, it will be assumed herein that a service is configured of a common PLP, a video component PLP, an audio component PLP, and data component PLP, as shown in (b) of FIG. 11, through the input pre-processor (100000) the input processor (100100) of the transmitter. Accordingly, the BBF decoders of FIG. 37 may output multiple PLPs to the null packet reconstruction modules, as shown in (b) of FIG. 11, and the null packet reconstruction modules may refer to DNP information, so as to insert the null packets, which are removed by the transmitting end, in the respective positions of the corresponding TS. Accordingly, a common TS, a video component TS, an audio component TS, and a data component TS, each having the null packets inserted therein, as shown in (a) of FIG. 11 ((b) of FIG. 10), may be outputted to the TS merger (210700). When the TS merger (210700) merges the valid packets of the common TS, the video component TS, the audio component TS, and the data component TS, a TS configuring a singled service may be outputted, as shown in (a) of FIG. 10.

FIG. 38 illustrates a block diagram showing a structure of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to yet another embodiment of the present invention. Herein, FIG. 38 corresponds to a block diagram showing the structure of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus, when a stream type inputted to the input pre-processor of the transmitter correspond to an IP stream format or a GSE stream format. The broadcasting signal receiving apparatus of FIG. 38 is adequate for configuring a service, by extracting components from each PLP, when the components configuring a service are included in each PLP.

The broadcasting signal receiving apparatus of FIG. 38 may include an OFDM demodulator (220100), a frame demapper (220200), an L1 decoder (220300), a PLP selecting module (220400), multiple PLP deinterleaving and demodulator module (220500), multiple BBF decoder (220600), and a buffer unit (220700). The buffer unit (220700) may include a PSI/SI (IP service information) buffer, a bootstrap buffer, a metadata buffer, an audio buffer, a video buffer, and a data buffer depending upon the data type.

For the detailed description on the operations of the OFDM demodulator (220100) and the frame demapper (220200) shown in FIG. 38, reference may be made to the detailed description on the operations of the above-described OFDM demodulator (138100) and frame demapper (138200), and, therefore, detailed description of the same will be omitted herein.

The multiple PLP deinterleaving and demodulator module (220500) performing deinterleaving and demodulation on each of the multiple PLPs in FIG. 38 performs operations that are similar to the operations of the above-described BICM decoder (138300), and the multiple BBF decoders (220600), which perform BBF decoding on each of the multiple PLPs, so as to output an IP stream, also perform operations that are similar to the operations of the above-described output processor (138400). The L1 decoder (220300) corresponds to the above-described L1 signaling decoder.

In FIG. 38, when a service is selected, the PLP selecting module (220400) controls the frame demapper (220200) so that only the PLPs of the components configuring the selected service can be outputted from the frame demapper (220200). Herein, the service selection may be realized by a user's request, or may be automatically realized in the system.

More specifically, the OFDM demodulator (220100) decodes the P1/AP1 signaling information, and the L1 decoder (220600) decodes L1/L2 signaling information, so as to acquire information on a transmission frame structure and information on PLP configuration. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the components configuring a service are received by multiple PLPs. In this case, since PLP information or service information on the component structure is included in the L1 signaling information, the broadcasting receiver may be capable of knowing to which PLPs the components, which configure a service, are included.

Accordingly, when a service is selected, the PLP selecting module (220400) controls the frame demapper (220200), and the frame demapper (220200) outputs multiple sets of PLP data including the corresponding components to the selected service. The multiple sets of PLP data are processed with deinterleaving/demodulation processes by the corresponding deinterleaving and demodulator module. And, after the BBF decoding process is processed by the BBF decoder, the processed data are outputted to the corresponding buffer, among a PSI/SI (IP service information) buffer, a bootstrap buffer, a metadata buffer, an audio buffer, a video buffer, and a data buffer of the buffer unit (220700) by a switching process. Then, the PSI/SI (IP service information) buffer, the bootstrap buffer, the metadata buffer, the audio buffer, the video buffer, and the data buffer may temporarily store PLP data, which are inputted from any one of the multiple BBF decoders (220600), thereby outputting the stored PLP data. The present invention may further include a stream merger and a component splitter between the multiple BBF decoders (220600) and the buffer unit (220700).

More specifically, an IP stream of the multiple sets of PLP data, which are BBF decoded and outputted from the multiple BBF decoders (220600) corresponding to the components of the selected service, after being processed with BBF decoding by the multiple BBF decoders (220600), may be merged by the stream merger, so as to be outputted as a single IP stream corresponding to the selected service. At this point, the stream merger may refer to an IP address and a UDP port number, so as to merge the multiple IP streams to a single IP stream corresponding to a single service.

The component splitter may divide (or separate) the data included in the IP stream, which is merged to a service and outputted by the stream merger, for each component, and may then output the data for each component to the buffer unit (220700). The component splitter may use address information, such as the IP address and the UDP port number, so as to switch to a buffer corresponding to each component included in the buffer unit, thereby outputting the data corresponding to each component. The buffer unit (220700) may buffer the data corresponding to each component in accordance with the output order of the IP stream.

Meanwhile, according to the embodiment of the present invention, at least one of the components configuring a service may be divided into a base layer and an enhancement layer and then may be transmitted.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, by encoding video component by using the SVC method, the component may be divided into base layer data and enhancement layer data. The base layer data correspond to data for images having basic picture quality. Herein, although the base layer data are robust against the communication environment, the picture quality of the base layer data is relatively low. And, the enhancement layer data correspond to additional data for images having higher picture quality. And, although the enhancement layer data can provide high picture quality images, the enhancement layer data are more or less resilient to the communication environment.

In the present invention, video data for terrestrial broadcasting may be divided into base layer data and enhancement layer data. And, in order to allow the video data for mobile broadcasting to flexibly respond to the mobile broadcasting communication environment, the video data for mobile broadcasting may be divided into base layer data and enhancement layer data. The receiver may receive and decode only the base layer video data, so as to acquire images having basic image quality. And, the receiver may also receive and decode both the base layer video data and the enhancement layer video data, so as to acquire images having a higher picture quality. For example, the mobile receiver, such as a mobile phone, a movable TV, and so on, may decode only the base layer data, so as to provide images having basic picture quality, and a fixed-type receiver, such as a general household TV, may decode both the base layer data and the enhancement layer data, so as to provide images having high picture quality.

At this point, the base layer data and the enhancement layer data may be transmitted through a single PLP, or may be transmitted through different PLPs.

FIG. 39 illustrates a block diagram showing the process of the broadcasting signal receiver for receiving a PLP best fitting its purpose according to an embodiment of the present invention.

FIG. 39 shows an example of receiving a transmission frame, which includes a service configured of multiple PLPs, i.e., PLP1 to PLP4.

Herein, it will be assumed that PLP1 transmits SVC encoded base layer data, that PLP2 transmits SVC encoded enhancement layer data, that PLP3 transmits an audio stream, and that PLP4 transmits a data stream.

In the present invention, by adjusting and controlling the physical parameters in accordance with the characteristics of the data included in each PLP, the mobile reception performance or data communication performance may be differently set up, so that the receiver can selectively receive the required PLPs based upon the characteristics of receiver. Hereinafter, a detailed example will be described.

As shown in FIG. 39, since the PLP1 transmitting the base layer data should be capable of being received by a general fixed-type receiver as well as a mobile receiver, the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus may set up physical parameters for ensuring high reception performance respective to PLP1 and may then transmit the set up parameters.

Additionally, the PLP2 transmitting the enhancement layer data have a lower reception performance as compared to the PLP1. Accordingly, even if the mobile receiver is incapable of receiving PLP2, in order to allow a fixed-type receiver, which is required to receive high picture quality broadcasting programs having high resolution, the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus may set up and transmit physical parameters of PLP2.

Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 39, the mobile receiver may decode PLP1 transmitting a video stream of the base layer, and may decode PLP3 and PLP4 transmitting audio and data streams, so as to provide a service having general (or standard) resolution.

Alternatively, the fixed-type receiver may decode all of PLP1 transmitting a video stream of the base layer, PLP2 transmitting a video stream of the enhancement layer, and PLP3 and PLP4 transmitting audio and data streams, so as to provide a service having high picture quality.

However, this is merely exemplary, and, therefore, the mobile receiver may also decode all of PLP1 transmitting a video stream of the base layer, PLP2 transmitting a video stream of the enhancement layer, PLP3 transmitting an audio stream, and PLP4 transmitting a data stream, so as to provide a service having high picture quality.

Meanwhile, according to an embodiment of the present invention, after performing SVC decoding on the video data, the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus according to the present invention may transmit base layer data by using a non-MIMO method, and the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus may transmit enhancement layer data by using a MIMO method. In the present invention, a broadcasting signal transmitting system supporting the MIMO method will be referred to as a MIMO transmitting system.

Hereinafter, diverse embodiments of the MIMO transmitting system using SVC will be described in detail.

FIG. 40 illustrates a MIMO transmission system using an SVC and a broadcast signal transmitting method according to an embodiment of the present invention.

As shown in FIG. 40, the MIMO transmitting system may include an SVC encoder (244100), which encodes broadcasting data by using the SVC method, and a MIMO encoder (244200), which distributes data by using a spatial diversity or spatial multiplexing method, so that the data can be transmitted to multiple antennae. Hereinafter, the MIMO encoder may also be referred to as a MIMO processor.

FIG. 40 shows an exemplary broadcast signal transmitting apparatus, which uses a Hierarchical modulation method.

The SVC encoder (244100) performs SVC encoding on the broadcast data and outputs the SVC-encoded data as the base layer data and the enhancement layer data. The base layer data are equally transmitted from a 1^(st) transmission antenna (Tx1; 244300) and a 2^(nd) transmission antenna (Tx2; 244400). And, the enhancement layer data are processed with MIMO encoding by the MIMO encoder (244200), thereby being respectively outputted through the 1^(st) transmission antenna (244300) and the 2^(nd) transmission antenna (244400) as identical data or as different data. In this case, the constellation mapper of the transmitting system perform symbol mapping on the corresponding symbol in accordance with the modulation type, as shown on the left-side drawing. For example, the constellation mapper may perform layer modulation, so as to map bits corresponding to the base layer to an MSB (Most Significant Bit) portion of the corresponding symbol, and to map bits corresponds to the enhancement layer to an LSB (Least Significant Bit) portion of the corresponding symbol.

The receiving system may use a constellation demapper, so as to separate the base layer data and the enhancement layer data from the demodulated bit information and to acquire the separated data. The enhancement layer data may be processed with MIMO decoding, so as to be acquired by using bit information of a final SVC. In case the bit information corresponding to the MIMO cannot be separated, the receiver may use only the bit information corresponding to the SISO or the MISO, so as to acquire the base layer data and to provide the respective service.

FIG. 41 illustrates a MIMO transmission system using an SVC and a broadcast signal transmitting method according to another embodiment of the present invention.

As shown in FIG. 41, the MIMO transmitting system may include an SVC encoder (245100), which encodes broadcasting data by using the SVC method, and a MIMO encoder (245200), which distributes data by using a spatial diversity or spatial multiplexing method, so that the data can be transmitted to multiple antennae. FIG. 41 illustrates an exemplary transmitting system using a hybrid modulation method or an FDM (Frequency Division Multiplexing) method.

The SVC encoder (245100) performs SVC encoding on the broadcast data and outputs the SVC-encoded data as the base layer data and the enhancement layer data. The base layer data are equally transmitted from a 1^(st) transmission antenna (Tx1; 245300) and a 2^(nd) transmission antenna (Tx2; 245400). And, the enhancement layer data are processed with MIMO encoding by the MIMO encoder (245200), thereby being respectively outputted through the 1^(st) transmission antenna (245300) and the 2^(nd) transmission antenna (245400) as identical data or as different data.

At this point, in order to enhance data transmission efficiency, the MIMO transmitting system of FIG. 41 may process data by using the FDM method. Most particularly, by using the OFDM method, the MIMO transmitting system may transmit data through multiple subcarriers. As described above, the transmitting system using the OFDM method may allocate subcarriers as a subcarrier used for transmitting SISO/MISO signals and as a subcarrier used for transmitting an MIMO signal, thereby being capable transmitting each signal. The base layer data being outputted from the SVC encoder (245100) may be equally transmitted from multiple antennae through the SISO/MISO carrier, and the enhancement layer data being processed with MIMO encoding may be transmitted from multiple antennae through the MIMO carrier.

The receiving system receives an OFDM symbol. Then, the receiving system performs SISO/MISO decoding on the data corresponding to the SISO/MISO carrier, so as to acquire the base layer data. And, the receiving system performs MIMO decoding on the data corresponding to the MIMO carrier, so as to acquire the enhancement layer data. Thereafter, based upon the channel status and the receiving system, when the MIMO decoding process cannot be performed, the decoding process may be performed by using only the base layer data. Alternatively, when the MIMO decoding process can be performed, the decoding process may be performed by using both the base layer data and the enhancement layer data. Thus, a corresponding service may be provided. In case of the second embodiment of the present invention, since the MIMO processing may be performed after mapping the bit information of the service to a symbol, the MIMO encoder (245200) may be positioned after the constellation mapper. Accordingly, the structure of the receiving system may be more simplified as compared to the structure of the receiving system shown in FIG. 40.

FIG. 42 illustrates a MIMO transmission system using an SVC and a broadcast signal transmitting method according to yet another embodiment of the present invention.

As shown in FIG. 42, the MIMO transmitting system may include an SVC encoder (246100), which encodes broadcasting data by using the SVC method, and a MIMO encoder (246200), which distributes data by using a spatial diversity or spatial multiplexing method, so that the data can be transmitted to multiple antennae. FIG. 42 illustrates an exemplary transmitting system using a layer PLP method or a TDM method.

In the embodiment shown in FIG. 42, the transmitting system may respectively transmit SVC-encoded base layer data and SVC-encoded enhancement layer data through an SISO/MISO slot and a MIMO slot. This slot may correspond to a time unit slot or a frequency unit slot of the transmission signal. And, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 42, the slot is illustrated as a time unit slot. Furthermore, this slot may also correspond to a PLP.

The receiving system may determine the slot type of the slot that is being received. And, the receiving system may receive base layer data from the SISO/MISO slot, and the receiving system may receive enhancement layer data from the MIMO slot. And, as described above, based upon the channel and the receiving system, when the MIMO decoding process cannot be performed, the decoding process may be performed by using only the base layer data. Alternatively, when the MIMO decoding process can be performed, the decoding process may be performed by using both the base layer data and the enhancement layer data. Thus, a corresponding service may be provided.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, the MIMO encoder (244200, 245200, 246200) of FIG. 40 to FIG. 42 may use at least one of the MIMO encoding methods proposed in the first embodiment to the third embodiment. This is merely exemplary, and, therefore, the MIMO encoding process may also be performed by using the SM method or the GC method.

In the present invention, the base layer data and the enhancement layer data may be transmitted by using one PLP. And, each of the base layer data and the enhancement layer data may be respectively transmitted by using different PLPs.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, the base layer data may be transmitted through a T2 frame (i.e., a terrestrial broadcasting frame), and the enhancement layer data may be transmitted through an FEF part.

According to another embodiment of the present invention, the base layer data and the enhancement layer data may only be transmitted through the FEF part.

In the description of the present invention, the FEF part, which transmits the base layer data and the enhancement layer data, will be referred to as a MIMO broadcasting frame for simplicity. Herein, the MIMO broadcasting frame will be used in combination with a signal frame or a transmission frame.

Also, in the description of the present invention, the base layer data and the enhancement layer data will be collectively referred to as MIMO broadcasting data for simplicity.

Hereinafter, in the following description of the present invention, the MIMO broadcasting data may be generated by any one of the 1^(st) method to 3^(rd) method, which will be described as presented below, thereby being transmitted. Alternatively, the MIMO broadcasting data may also be generated and transmitted by a combination of at least one or more of the 1^(st) method to 3^(rd) method described below.

(1) Method for Transmitting MIMO Broadcasting Data to a Specific PLP

In the present invention, a method for including MIMO broadcasting data to a specific PLP and transmitting the specific PLP, after differentiating the specific PLP from a PLP including the terrestrial broadcasting (e.g., T2 broadcasting) data may be used. In this case, the specific PLP may be used in order to transmit the MMO broadcasting data. And, at this point, additional information on the specific PLP may be signaled, so as to prevent any malfunction in the conventional receiving system from occurring. Hereinafter, the specific PLP including the MMO broadcasting data may be referred to as a MIMO broadcasting PLP, and the PLP including the terrestrial broadcasting data may be referred to as a terrestrial broadcasting PLP.

Since the conventional terrestrial broadcasting signal receiving apparatus may not be capable of processing the MIMO broadcasting data, additional information for identifying the terrestrial broadcasting PLP and the MIMO broadcasting PLP is required to be signaled. At this point, the signaling of the information for identifying the PLP type may use a reserved field included in the L1 signaling information. For example, in order to identify the PLP type, a PLP_TYPE field of the L1-post-signaling information may be used. At this point, the MIMO broadcasting PLP may be indicated by using any one of the values ranging from 011˜111 as the PLP_TYPE field value.

When transmitting the PLP, in order to acquire a more enhanced robustness, a new modulation method and a new coding rate of the error correction code may be used. In this case, in order to identify such modulation method and coding rate of the error correction code, the L1-post-signaling information may be used. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the present invention may use a PLP_COD field of the L1-post-signaling information in order to indicate the coding rate of the MIMO broadcasting PLP. For example, in order to identify the coding rate of the MIMO broadcasting PLP, any one of 110 or 111 may be used as the PLP COD field value.

Furthermore, according to an embodiment of the present invention, the present invention may use a PLP_MOD field of the L1-post-signaling information in order to indicate a modulation method of the MIMO broadcasting PLP. For example, in order to identify the modulation method of the MIMO broadcasting PLP, any one of values 100 to 111 may be used as the PLP_MOD field value.

At this point, the base layer data and the enhancement layer data configuring the MIMO broadcasting data may be collectively transmitted to a single PLP, or may be separately transmitted to each PLP. For example, when the base layer data are transmitted to the PLP of the base layer, and when the enhancement layer data are transmitted to the PLP of the enhancement layer, the receiving apparatus may use a PLP_PROFILE field, so as to indicate whether the current PLP corresponds to the base layer PLP or to the enhancement layer PLP.

(2) Method for Transmitting MIMO Broadcasting Data to a Specific Frames

In the present invention, a method for including MIMO broadcasting data to a specific frame and transmitting the specific frame, after differentiating the specific frame from a frame including the conventional terrestrial broadcasting data may be used. In this case, the specific frame may be used in order to transmit the MMO broadcasting data. And, at this point, additional information on the specific frame may be signaled, so as to prevent any malfunction in the conventional receiving system from occurring. Hereinafter, the specific frame including the MMO broadcasting data may be referred to as a MIMO broadcasting frame, and the frame including the terrestrial broadcasting data may be referred to as a terrestrial broadcasting frame. Additionally, in case the specific frame including the MIMO broadcasting frame corresponds to an FEF, the FEF may be referred to as an MIMO broadcasting frame.

The present invention may differentiate the terrestrial broadcasting data from the MIMO broadcasting data in frame units and may transmit the differentiated data accordingly. And, at this point, by identifying a frame by using the L1 signaling information, and by ignoring (or disregarding) the MIMO broadcasting frame, the convention terrestrial broadcasting receiving apparatus may be prevented from malfunctioning.

(3) Method for Transmitting a MIMO Broadcasting PLP to a Terrestrial Broadcasting Frame and a MIMO Broadcasting Frame

The present invention may transmit a PLP including the MIMO broadcasting data through a terrestrial broadcasting frame and a MIMO broadcasting frame. For example, the base layer data may be transmitted through the terrestrial broadcasting frame, and the enhancement layer data may be transmitted through the MIMO broadcasting frame. In this case, unlike the above-described embodiments of the present invention, since a MIMO broadcasting PLP also exists in the terrestrial broadcasting frame, a relation between interconnected PLPs existing in the terrestrial broadcasting frame and in the MIMO broadcasting frame, is required to be signaled. In order to do so, the L1 signaling information should also be included in the MIMO broadcasting frame, and the information on the MIMO broadcasting PLP, which exists within the frame, may be transmitted along with the L1 signaling information of the terrestrial broadcasting frame.

Fields respective to the PLP being included in the L1-post-signaling information of each frame may be used for the connection between the MIMO broadcasting PLPs existing in different frames. For example, the receiving system may use at least one of a PLP_ID field, a PLP_TYPE field, a PLP_PAYLOAD_TYPE field, and a PLP_GROUP_ID field, which are included in the L1-post-signaling information, so as to verify the interconnection relation of the MIMO broadcasting PLPs included in different frames. Then, desired MIMO broadcasting PLPs may be consecutively decoded, so as to acquire a service.

The terrestrial broadcasting PLP existing in the conventional terrestrial broadcasting frame (i.e., T2 frame) may be pre-defined by the terrestrial broadcasting system, so as to be transmitted to a supported transmission mode. Also, as described above, the terrestrial broadcasting PLP may be transmitted in a new transmission mode supporting the MIMO system. For example, as described above, a MIMO broadcasting PLP being included in the terrestrial broadcasting frame may be transmitted in a transmission mode of terrestrial broadcasting as a base layer by using the MISO or SISO method, and a MIMO broadcasting PLP being included in the MIMO broadcasting frame may be transmitted as an enhancement layer by using the MIMO method.

FIG. 43( a) illustrates an exemplary super frame structure according to another embodiment of the present invention. Herein, FIG. 43( a) shows an example of transmitting a base layer PLP through a terrestrial broadcasting frame and transmitting an enhancement layer PLP through a MIMO broadcasting frame (i.e., FEF part). At this point, a PLP including base layer data may be transmitted by using an SISO method or a MISO method. And, a PLP including enhancement layer data may be transmitted by using an SISO method, a MISO method, or a MIMO method.

FIG. 43( b) illustrates an exemplary super frame structure according to yet another embodiment of the present invention. Herein, FIG. 43( b) shows an example of transmitting both a base layer PLP and an enhancement layer PLP through a MIMO broadcasting frame (i.e., FEF part).

At this point, a base layer PLP including base layer data may be transmitted by using an SISO method or a MISO method. And, an enhancement layer PLP including enhancement layer data may be transmitted by using an SISO method, a MISO method, or a MIMO method. As described above, the ratio between the base layer PLP and the enhancement layer PLP within the MIMO broadcasting frame may vary within a range of 0˜100%.

FIG. 43( c) illustrates an exemplary super frame structure according to yet another embodiment of the present invention. Herein, FIG. 43( c) shows an example of transmitting both base layer data and enhancement layer data through a MIMO broadcasting frame (i.e., FEF part). However, unlike in the example shown in FIG. 43( b), in the example shown in FIG. 43( c), the base layer and the enhancement layer are transmitted by being differentiated as carriers, instead of being differentiated as PLPs. More specifically, the data corresponding to the base layer and the data corresponding to the enhancement layer may respectively be allocated to each separate subcarrier, so as to be processed with OFDM modulation, thereby being transmitted.

FIG. 44 illustrates a broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.

The broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus of FIG. 44 corresponds to an exemplary embodiment, which identifies the base layer data as the base layer PLP, and which the enhancement layer data as the enhancement layer PLP, thereby transmitting the identified (or differentiated) PLPs. Although it is not shown in FIG. 44, the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus includes an SVC encoder, which performs SVC encoding on data, so as to transmit the SVC encoded data as base layer data and enhancement layer data. At this point, according to the embodiment of the present invention, it is described herein that the base layer data are included in PLP1, and that the enhancement layer data are included in PLP2.

The broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus of FIG. 44 includes a first BICM module (258100) for performing BICM processing on a base layer PLP (PLP1), a second BICM module (258200) for performing BICM processing on an enhancement layer PLP (PLP2), a frame builder (258300) receiving PLPs that are processed in the first and second BICM modules (258200), thereby building a frame, a MIMO encoder (258400) performing MIMO, MISO, or SISO processing on the output data of the frame builder (258300), a first OFDM generator (258500) performing OFDM modulation on a first transmission signal, which is outputted from the MIMO encoder (258400), and a second OFDM generator (258600) performing OFDM modulation on a second transmission signal, which is outputted from the MIMO encoder (258400).

Reference may be made on the description of the operations of the blocks included in the above-described broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus having the same names as the first BICM module (258100), the second BICM module (258200), the frame builder (258300), the MIMO encoder (258400), the first OFDM generator (258500), and the second OFDM generator (258600), and, therefore, a detailed description of the same will be omitted herein.

In the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus of FIG. 44, the MIMO encoder (258400) may be positioned between a constellation mapper and a time interleaver within the second BICM module (258200).

FIG. 45 illustrates a broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to yet another embodiment of the present invention.

When the base layer and the enhancement layer are identified and transmitted as PLPs, as shown in FIG. 44, the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus of FIG. 45 corresponds to an exemplary embodiment of a broadcasting signal receiving apparatus receiving and processing such PLPs. Although it is not shown in FIG. 45, the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus includes an SVC decoder, which performs SVC decoding on base layer and enhancement data, so as to recover the data. At this point, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the base layer data are included in PLP1, and the enhancement layer data are included in PLP2, thereby being received.

The broadcasting signal receiving apparatus of FIG. 45 includes OFDM demodulators (259100, 259200) performing OFDM demodulation on signals received through multiple antennae, an MIMO decoder (259300) performing MIMO decoding on the signals OFDM-demodulated from the OFDM demodulators (259100, 259200) in accordance with the channel characteristics, a frame demapper (259400) outputting base layer PLP and enhancement layer PLP from the signal frame including the MIMO-decoded signal, and BICM decoder (259500, 259600) each performing an inverse process of the BICM module for each PLP and correcting errors occurring due to the transmission channel.

For the detailed description on the operations of each of the OFDM demodulators (259100, 259200), the MIMO decoder (259300), the frame demapper (259400), and the BICM decoders (259500, 259600) of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus shown in FIG. 45, reference may be made to the description on the operations of the same blocks included in the above-described broadcasting signal receiving apparatus. And, therefore, detailed description of the same will be omitted.

The broadcasting signal receiving apparatus of FIG. 45 may first acquire base layer data from the PLP (PLP1), which is outputted from the first BICM decoder (259500), and enhancement layer data from the PLP (PLP2), which is outputted from the second BICM decoder (259600), and may then perform SVC decoding on the acquired data, so as to provide a respective service. In case the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus acquires only the base layer data, the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus may decode the base layer data, so as to provide a basic service. And, in case the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus acquires the base layer data along with the enhancement layer data, the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus may provide a service having higher picture quality/sound quality.

Meanwhile, according to the embodiment of the present invention, in case both the base layer data and the enhancement layer data are transmitted by using a single PLP, a mux may be further included in from of the BICM module of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus shown in FIG. 44.

More specifically, the base layer data and the enhancement layer data being outputted from the SVC encoder may be included in a single PLP (PLP1), so as to be inputted to the mux. In this case, the mux may identify the base layer data and the enhancement layer data, which are included in the PLP (PLP1), thereby outputting the identified data to the respective BICM module (258100, 258200). In this case, the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus may be equipped with a time interleaver, and the base layer and the enhancement layer may be coupled (or combined) by the time interleaver, thereby being processed with interleaving while the two layers are intermixed with one another. Thus, diversity of the time domain may be gained. At this point, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the data corresponding to the base layer within the PLP may be SISO or MIMO-processed, and the data corresponding to the enhancement layer may be MIMO-processed.

Additionally, in case both the base layer data and the enhancement layer data are both transmitted from the transmitting end by using a single PLP, the frame demapper of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus shown in FIG. 45 extracts a PLP (PLP1), which includes the data of the base layer and the data of the enhancement layer, and outputs the extracted PLP. In this case, the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus may be equipped with a time deinterleaver, and the time deinterleaver may perform time deinterleaving on the PLP (PLP2), so as to divide the PLP into base layer data and enhancement layer data and to reposition each data type within the time domain, thereby outputting the repositioned data type to each stream. Each of the BICM decoders (259500, 259600) processes a base layer stream and an enhancement layer stream.

At this point, the base layer data and the enhancement layer data, which are error-corrected and outputted from the BICM decoders (259500, 259600), may be SVC-decoded, so as to provide a service. In the case when only the base layer data are acquired, the base layer data may be decoded, so as to provide the basic (or essential) service. And, when both the base layer data and the enhancement layer data are acquired, a service having higher picture quality/sound quality may be provided.

In the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus of FIG. 45, the MIMO decoder (259300) may also be located between the frame demapper (259400) and the BICM decoders (259500, 259600).

Hereinafter, a signaling method of the signaling method according to the present invention will be described in detail. The signal frame according to the present invention may be divided into a preamble region and a data region, and the preamble region may be configured of a P1 symbol and one or more P2 symbols, and the data region may be configured of multiple data symbols. At this point, the preamble region may further include an AP1 symbol after the P1 symbol. And, in this case, the P1 symbol and the AP1 symbol may be consecutively transmitted.

Herein, the P1 symbol transmits P1 signaling information, the AP1 symbol transmits AP1 signaling information, and the one or more P2 symbol each transmits L1 signaling information and signaling information included in the common PLP (i.e., L2 signaling information). The signaling information being included in the common PLP may be transmitted through a data symbol. Therefore, in light of a signal frame over a physical layer, the preamble region may include a P1 signaling information region to which the P1 signaling information is signaled, an L1 signaling information region to which the L1 signaling information is signaled, and an entire portion or a partial portion of a common PLP region to which the L2 signaling information is signaled. Herein, the common PLP region may also be referred to as an L2 signaling information region. If a signal frame includes an AP1 symbol, the preamble region includes the P1 signaling information region, the AP1 signaling information region, the L1 signaling information region, and an entire portion or a partial portion of the common PLP region.

The L1 signaling information includes L1-pre-signaling information and L1-post-signaling information. The L1-post-signaling information then includes Configurable L1-post-signaling information, Dynamic L1-post-signaling information, Extension L1-post-signaling information, and CRC information, and may further include L1 padding data.

FIG. 46 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of P1 signaling information according to an embodiment of the present invention.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, in FIG. 46, the P1 signaling information is assigned with 7 bits and includes a 3-bit S1 field and a 4-bit S2 field. In the S2 field, among the 4 bits, the first 3 bits are described as S2 field1 and the 1 bit is described as S2 field2.

The S1 field signals a preamble format. For example, when the S1 field value is equal to 000, this indicates that the preamble corresponds to a T2 preamble, and that data are transmitted in an SISO format (T2_SISO). When the S1 field value is equal to 001, this indicates that the preamble corresponds to a T2 preamble, and that data are transmitted in an MISO format (T2_MISO). When the S1 field value is equal to 010, this indicates that the preamble corresponds to a non-T2 preamble.

The S2 field signals FFT size information. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the FFT size may correspond to 1 k, 2 k, 4 k, 8 k, 16 k, and the GI size may correspond to 1/128, 1/32, 1/16, 19/256, ⅛, 19/128, ¼. The FFT size signifies a number of subcarriers configuring a single OFDM symbol. When the S2 filed2 value is equal to 0, this indicates that, in the current transmission, all preambles are being transmitted as the same type, and when the field value is equal to 1, this indicates that the preambles are each transmitted as different types.

FIG. 47 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of AP1 signaling information according to an embodiment of the present invention.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, in FIG. 47, the AP1 signaling information is assigned with 7 bits and includes a 4-bit PILOT_PATTERN field and a 3-bit L1_PRE_SPREAD_LENGTH_field.

The PILOT_PATTERN field indicates a pilot pattern of the corresponding signal frame. In the present invention, by transmitting pilot pattern information through the AP1 symbol, even when the P2 symbol is not transmitted, and even when the L1 signaling information is spread to data symbols of the data region, the receiver may be aware of the pilot pattern prior to decoding the L1 signaling information of the data region.

The L1_PRE_SPREAD_LENGTH field indicates a length of a section within the data region in which the L1-pre-signaling information is spread. More specifically, among the data symbols of the signal frame, this field indicates a number of data symbols included in a section to which the L1-pre-signaling information is being spread. In the present invention, the section to which the L1-pre-signaling information is being spread will be referred to as an L1 pre spread section. If the L1_PRE_SPREAD_LENGTH field value is equal to ‘000’, this indicates that the L1 signaling information is not spread in the data region of the corresponding signal frame.

In FIG. 47, since the fields included in the AP1 signaling information and significance of the values of each field are merely examples given to facilitate the understanding of the present invention, and since the fields that can be included in the AP1 signaling information and the significance of the respective field values may be easily modified by anyone skilled in the art, the present invention will not be limited only to the examples given herein.

FIG. 48 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of L1-pre-signaling information according to an embodiment of the present invention. The L1-pre-signaling information includes information required for decoding the L1-post-signaling information.

The fields being included in the L1-pre-signaling information of FIG. 48 will hereinafter be described in detail.

A TYPE field may be assigned with 8 bits and may indicate the type of an input stream being transmitted in a super frame. More specifically, the input stream may correspond to TS, GS, TS+GS, IP, and so on, and such identification may use the TYPE field.

A BWT_EXT field is assigned with 1 bit and may indicate whether or not a bandwidth extension of an OFDM symbol is to be performed.

An S1 field is assigned with 3 bits and performs the same role as the S1 field included in the P1 signaling information of FIG. 46. An S2 field is assigned with 4 bits and performs the same role as the S2 field included in the P1 signaling information of FIG. 46. According to the embodiment of the present invention, an L1_REPETITION_FLAG field is assigned with 1 bit and may indicate whether or not L1-post-signaling information related to the current frame is signaled to the P2 symbol. If the L1 signaling information of the next signal frame is configured to have a structure to which the data symbols of the current signal frame are spread, the L1_REPETITION_FLAG field may also be used in order to indicate whether or not the L1 signaling information of the next signal frame has been spread to the current signal frame. For example, when the L1_REPETITION_FLAG field is equal to 1, this indicates that the L1 signaling information has been spread to the current signal frame, and when the corresponding field is equal to 0, this indicates that the L1 signaling information has not been spread to the current signal frame.

A GUARD_INTERVAL field is assigned with 3 bits and indicates a GI size of the current transmission frame. The GI size indicates an occupation ratio of the GI within a single OFDM symbol. Accordingly, the OFDM symbol length may vary depending upon the FFT size and the GI size.

A PAPR field is assigned with 4 bits and indicates a PAPR reduction method. The PAPR method used in the present invention may correspond to an ACE method or a TR method.

An L1_MOD field is assigned with 4 bits and may indicate a QAM modulation type of the L1-post-signaling information.

An L1_COD field is assigned with 2 bits and may indicate a code rate of the L1-post-signaling information.

An L1_FEC_TYPE field is assigned with 2 bits and may indicate an FEC type of the L1-post-signaling information.

An L1_POST_SIZE field is assigned with 18 bits and may indicate the size of the coded and modulated L1-post-signaling information.

An L1_POST_INFO_SIZE field is assigned with 18 bits and may indicate the size of the L1-post-signaling information in bit units.

A PILOT_PATTERN field is assigned with 4 bits and may indicate a distributed pilot pattern that is inserted in the current signal frame.

A TX_ID_AVAILABILITY field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate a transmitting apparatus identification capability within the current geographical cell range.

A CELL_ID field is assigned with 16 bits and may indicate an identifier identifying a geographical cell within a network for mobile broadcasting (NGH).

A NETWORK_ID field is assigned with 16 bits and may indicate an identifier identifying the current network.

A SYSTEM_ID field is assigned with 16 bits and may indicate an identifier identifying the system.

A NUM_NGH_FRAMES field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate a number of NGH frame within the current super frame.

A NUM_T2_FRAMES field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate a number of T2 frame within the current super frame. This field is useful for determining the super frame structure and may be used for calculating the information for directly hopping to the next NGH frame.

A L1_POST_SPREAD_LENGTH field is assigned with 12 bits and may indicate the length of a section within the data region to which the L1-post-signaling information is being spread. More specifically, among the data symbols of the signal frame, this field may indicate the number of data symbols being included in the section to which the L1-post-signaling information is being spread. In the present invention, the section to which the L1-post-signaling information is being spread will be referred to as an L1 post spread section. If all of the L1_POST_SPREAD_LENGTH field value is equal to 0, this signifies that the L1-post-signaling information is not spread to the data region of the corresponding signal frame.

A NUM_DATA_SYMBOLS field is assigned with 12 bits and may indicate a number of data symbols included in the current signal frame, with the exception for the P1, AP1, P2 symbols.

A NUM_MISO_SYMBOLS field is assigned with 12 bits and may indicate a number of MISO symbols among the diverse data symbols.

A MIMO_SYMBOL_INTERVAL field is assigned with 12 bits and may indicate a number of MISO symbols between two MIMO symbol parts.

A MIMO_SYMBOL_LENGTH field is assigned with 12 bits and may indicate a number of MIMO symbols in one MIMO symbol part.

A REGEN_FLAG field is assigned with 3 bits and may indicate and may indicate a number of signal regeneration performed by the repeater.

An L1_POST_EXTENSION field is assigned with 1 bit and may indicate whether or not an extension field exits in the L1-post-signaling information.

A NUM_RF field is assigned with 3 bits and may indicate a number of RFs within the current system.

A CURRENT_RF_IDX field is assigned with 3 bits and may indicate an index of the current RF channel.

A RESERVED field is assigned with 10 bits and corresponds to a field that is reserved for future usage.

A CRC-32 field is assigned with 32 bits and may indicate a CRC error extraction code of the 32 bits.

In FIG. 48, since the fields included in the L1-pre-signaling information and significance of the values of each field are merely examples given to facilitate the understanding of the present invention, and since the fields that can be included in the L1-pre-signaling information and the significance of the respective field values may be easily modified by anyone skilled in the art, the present invention will not be limited only to the examples given herein.

FIG. 49 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of configurable L1-post-signaling information according to an embodiment of the present invention. The configurable L1-post-signaling information may include parameters required by the receiver for decoding a PLP and, more particularly, configurable L1-post-signaling information may include diverse information that can be equally applied during a signal frame.

The fields being included in the configurable L1-post-signaling information of FIG. 49 will hereinafter be described in detail.

A SUB_SLICES_PER_FRAME field is assigned with 15 bits and may indicate a number of sub-slices included in a signal frame.

A NUM_PLP field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate a number of PLPs within the current super frame.

A NUM_AUX field is assigned with 4 bits and may indicate a number of auxiliary streams.

An AUX_CONFIG_RFU field is assigned with 8 bits and corresponds to a region reserved for a future usage.

Subsequently, a for loop (hereinafter referred to as a frequency loop), which is repeated as many times as the number of RFs within the current system, is signaled. The NUM_RF field is signaled to the L1-pre-signaling information.

Hereinafter, fields being included in the frequency loop will be described in detail.

An RF_IDX field is assigned with 3 bits and may indicate an index of each frequency within an RF channel.

A FREQUENCY field is assigned with 32 bits and may indicate a center frequency of the RF channel.

An FEF_TYPE field, an FEF_LENGTH field, and an FEF_INTERVAL field, which are shown below, correspond to fields that are used only when the LSB of the S2 field is equal to 1, i.e., when the S2 field is expressed as S2=‘xxx1’.

The FEF_TYPE field is assigned with 4 bits and may indicate an FEF (Future extension frame) type.

The FEF_LENGTH field is assigned with 22 bits and may indicate a number of elementary periods of a related FEF part.

The FEF_INTERVAL field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate a number of T2 frames existing between two FRF parts.

A NEXT_NGH_SUPERFRAME field is assigned with bits and may indicate a number of super frames existing between the current super frame and the next super frame, which includes the next NGH frame.

A RESERVED_(—)2 field is assigned with 32 bits and corresponds to a field that is reserved for a future usage.

Subsequently, a for loop (hereinafter referred to as an auxiliary stream loop), which is repeated as many times as the number of auxiliary streams (NUM_AUX field value-1), is signaled, a 32-bit AUX_RFU field, which is reserved for a future usage, is included herein.

Subsequently, a for loop (hereinafter referred to as a PLP loop), which is repeated as many times as the number of PLPs within the current super frame (NUM_PLP field value-1), is signaled.

Hereinafter, fields being included in the PLP loop will be described in detail.

A PLP_ID field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate an identifier identifying the corresponding PLP.

A PLP_TYPE field is assigned with 3 bits and may indicate whether the corresponding PLP corresponds to a common PLP, a Type1 data PLP, or a Type2 data PLP. Additionally, the PLP_TYPE field may indicate whether the corresponding PLP corresponds to a PLP being included in a plurality of PLP groups, or to a group PLP being included in a single PLP group.

A PLP_PAYLOAD_TYPE field is assigned with 5 bits and may indicate the type of a PLP payload. More specifically, the data included in the payload of the PLP may correspond to GFPS, GCS, GSE, TS, IP, and so on, and such identification may use the PLP_PAYLOAD_TYPE field.

The PLP_PROFILE field is assigned with 2 bits and may indicate a profile of the corresponding PLP. More specifically, this field indicates whether the corresponding field is a mandatory (or required) PLP or an optional (or selective) PLP. For example, when the PLP of the video data is identified as a PLP for transmitting a base layer and a PLP for transmitting an enhancement layer, the PLP transmitting the base layer becomes the mandatory PLP, and the PLP transmitting the enhancement layer becomes the optional PLP. Additionally, the common PLP corresponds to a mandatory PLP. More specifically, depending upon the receiver characteristic, such as a mobile receiver, a fixed-type receiver, and so on, the receiver may use the PLP_PROFILE field so as to verify by which receiver the component of the broadcast service being transmitted to the current PLP may be used, and depending upon the receiver characteristic, the receiver may determine whether or not to receive the current PLP.

An FF_FLAG field is assigned with 1 bit and, when 2 or more RF channels are being used, this field may indicate a fixed frequency mode.

A FIRST_RF_IDX field is assigned with 3 bits and may indicate an RF index of a first signal frame of the corresponding PLP.

A FIRST_FRAME_IDX field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate a frame index of the first signal frame of the corresponding PLP.

A PLP_GROUP_ID field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate an identifier identifying a PLP group related to the corresponding PLP.

A PLP_COD field is assigned with 3 bits and may indicate the code rate of the corresponding PLP. In the present invention, any one of the code rates of ¼, ⅓, ⅖, ½, ⅗, ⅔, ¾, ⅘, ⅚ may be used in the corresponding PLP.

A PLP_MOD field is assigned with 3 bits and may indicate a constellation size (i.e., modulation format) of the corresponding PLP. In the present invention, any one of the modulation formats (or modulations types) of BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM may be used.

A PLP_MIMO_TYPE field is assigned with 2 bits and may indicate whether the corresponding PLP corresponds to a MIMO type or a MISO type.

For example, a PLP_MOD field value, i.e., the constellation size may be decided by a combination with the PLP_MIMO_TYPE field. If the PLP_MIMO_TYPE field value indicates the MISO, the PLP_MOD field may be used for symbol re-mapping. If the PLP_MIMO_TYPE field value indicates the MIMO, after performing MIMO processing, the PLP_MOD field may be interpreted as a constellation size having a spectrum effect, as a result of the MIMO processing.

A PLP_ROTATION field is assigned with 1 bit and may indicate whether or not constellation rotation and re-mapping of the PLP has been used.

A PLP_FEC_TYPE field is assigned with 2 bits and may indicate an FEC type of the corresponding PLP.

A PLP_NUM_BLOCKS_MAX field is assigned with 10 bits and may indicate a maximum number of PLPs included in the FEC blocks.

A FRAME_INTERVAL field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate a T2 frame interval within a super frame, when inter-frame interleaving is applied.

A TIME_IL_LENGTH field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate a time interleaver length (or depth).

A TIME_IL_TYPE field is assigned with 1 bit and may indicate the time interleaver type.

An IN_BAND_FLAG field is assigned with 1 bit and may indicate whether or not in-band signaling exists.

A RESERVED_(—)1 field is assigned with 16 bits and corresponds to a field that is reserved in the PLP loop for a future usage.

The PLP loop may further include a PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field. The PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate the type of data (or service component) being transmitted through the corresponding PLP. Therefore, based upon the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field, the receiver may be capable of determining whether the type of the component being transmitted through the corresponding PLP corresponds to base layer video component, an enhancement layer video component, an audio component, or a data component.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, the PLP group may also be referred to as an LLP (Link-Layer-Pipe), and the PLP_GROUP_ID field may also be referred to as an LLP_ID field. Most particularly, an NIT, which is to be described later on, includes a PLP_GROUP_ID field, which is identical to the PLP_GROUP_ID field included in the L1 signaling information. And, the NIT may also include a transport_stream_id field for identifying a transmission stream related to the PLP group. Therefore, by using the NIT, the receiver may be capable of knowing to which PLP group a specific stream is related. More specifically, in order to simultaneously decode streams (e.g., TSs) being transmitted through PLPs having the same PLP_GROUP_ID, the streams that are indicated by the transport_stream_id field of the NIT may be merged, thereby being capable of recovering a single service stream.

Therefore, when the broadcasting signal is being transmitted in a TS format, the receiver may merge the PLPs having the same PLP_GROUP_ID field, so as to recover the initial (or original) TS.

If the broadcasting signal is transmitted in an IP format, the receiver may use the PLP_GROUP_ID field, so as to locate and find the service components related to a single service. And, by merging such service components, a single service may be recovered. Accordingly, the receiver should be capable of simultaneously receiving PLPs having the same PLP_GROUP_ID.

In FIG. 49, since the fields included in the configurable L1-post-signaling information and significance of the values of each field are merely examples given to facilitate the understanding of the present invention, and since the fields that can be included in the configurable L1-post-signaling information and the significance of the respective field values may be easily modified by anyone skilled in the art, the present invention will not be limited only to the examples given herein.

FIG. 50 illustrates an exemplary syntax structure of dynamic L1-post-signaling information according to an embodiment of the present invention. The dynamic L1-post-signaling information may include parameters required by the receiver for decoding a PLP and, more particularly, the dynamic L1-post-signaling information may include characteristic information corresponding to a signal frame that is currently being transmitted. Additionally, the dynamic L1-post-signaling information may also be signaled to an in-band, so that that the receiver can efficiently process slicing.

The fields being included in the dynamic L1-post-signaling information of FIG. 50 will hereinafter be described in detail.

A FRAME_IDX field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate an index of a current signal frame within the super frame. For example, an index of the first signal frame within the super frame may be set to 0.

A SUB_SLICE_INTERVAL field is assigned with bits and may indicate a number of OFDM cell existing between two sub-slices within the same PLP.

A TYPE_(—)2_START field is assigned with 22 bits and may indicate a starting position among the OFDM cells of the Type2 data PLPs.

An L1_CHANGE_COUNTER field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate a number of super frame that remain before the L1 configuration (e.g., contents of the fields included in the L1 pre signaling or content of a configurable part in the L1 post signaling).

A START_RF_IDX field is assigned with 3 bits and may indicate a start RF index of a next signal frame.

A RESERVED_(—)1 field is assigned with 8 bits and corresponds to a field that is reserved for a future usage.

A NEXT_NGH_FRAME field is assigned with 8 bits and corresponds to a field that is used only when the LSB of the S2 field is equal to 1, i.e., when the S2 field is expressed as S2=‘xxx1’. A NEXT_NGH_SUPERFRAME field indicates a number of T2 or FEF frames existing between the first T2 frame within the next super frame, which includes an NGH frame, and the next NGH frame. The NEXT_NGH_FRAME field and the NEXT_NGH_SUPERFRAME field may be used by the receiver for calculating a hopping amount for hopping to the next NGH frame. More specifically, the NEXT_NGH_FRAME field and the NEXT_NGH_SUPERFRAME field provide an efficient hopping mechanism, when a large number of T2 frames are mixed with the FEF, and when not all of the FEFs are used only for the NGH frames. Most particularly, the receiver may perform hopping to the next NGH frame without having to detect the P1 signaling information of all signal frames existing in the super frame and to decode the detected P1 signaling information.

Subsequently, a for loop (hereinafter referred to as a PLP loop), which is repeated as many times as the number of PLPs existing within the current super frame (NUM_PLP field value-1), is signaled.

A PLP_ID field, a PLP_START field, and a PLP_NUM_BLOCKS field are included in the PLP loop. And, the corresponding field will hereinafter be described in detail.

The PLP_ID field is assigned with 8 bits and may indicate an identifier identifying a PLP.

The PLP_START field is assigned with 22 bits and may indicate a starting position of OFDM cells of the current PLP.

The PLP_NUM_BLOCKS field is assigned with 10 bits and may indicate a number of FEC blocks related to the current PLP.

A RESERVED_(—)2 field is assigned with 8 bits and corresponds to a field included in the PLP loop that is reserved for a future usage.

A RESERVED_(—)3 field is assigned with 8 bits and corresponds to a field that is reserved for a future usage.

Field included in an auxiliary stream loop will hereinafter be described.

Subsequently, a for loop (hereinafter referred to as an auxiliary stream loop), which is repeated as many times as the number of auxiliary streams (NUM_AUX field value-1), is signaled, and a 48-bit AUX_RFU field is included herein for a future usage.

In FIG. 50, since the fields included in the dynamic L1-post-signaling information and significance of the values of each field are merely examples given to facilitate the understanding of the present invention, and since the fields that can be included in the dynamic L1-post-signaling information and the significance of the respective field values may be easily modified by anyone skilled in the art, the present invention will not be limited only to the examples given herein.

Meanwhile, the present invention may signal a PLP or a correlation between a PLP and service components, by using at least one of the PLP_GROUP_ID field, the PLP_TYPE field, the PLP_PROFILE field, and the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field of the PLP loop within the configurable L1-post-signaling information. Additionally, the present invention may also know the operation characteristics, such as the mobile performance and data communication characteristics, of the PLP by using the PLP COD field and the PLP MOD field.

Hereinafter, a signaling method for signaling a PLP or a correlation between a PLP and service components, by using the PLP_ID field, the PLP_GROUP_ID field, the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field, and the PLP_PROFILE field, will be described in detail.

Hereinafter, the present invention provides a signaling method according to 4 different exemplary embodiments of the present invention. The 4 different exemplary embodiments may be divided into cases when the broadcast signal is being transmitted in a TS format and cases when the broadcast signal is being transmitted in an IP format. In the description of the present invention, the first exemplary embodiment to the third exemplary embodiment correspond to a signaling method wherein the broadcast signal is transmitted in the TS format, and the fourth exemplary embodiment corresponding to a signaling method wherein the broadcast signal is transmitted in the IP format.

Each exemplary embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail as presented below.

The first embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method enabling the receiver to merge PLPs included in the same PLP group by using the correlation between the PLP group, which is included in the L1 signaling information region, and a service, thereby enabling the receiver to recover a transport stream.

Just as in the first embodiment of the present invention, in addition to enabling the receiver to merge PLPs included in the same PLP group by using the correlation between the PLP group, which is included in the L1 signaling information region, and a service, thereby enabling the receiver to recover a transport stream, the second embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method also enabling the receiver to selectively receive desired PLPs in accordance with the receiver characteristic, by using the correlation between a component, which configures the service included in the PLP, and a service.

The third embodiment of the present invention is similar to the second embodiment of the present invention. However, the third embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method enabling information associated with the component, which configures the same service, to be transmitted through a base PLP, and enabling the receiver to selectively receive a PLP, which configures the service desired by the receiver, in the physical layer.

The fourth embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method respective to a case when the broadcast signal is being transmitted in an IP format. In the signaling method according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention, the receiver may merge the component being transmitted by the PLPs included in the same PLP group, by using a correlation between a service and a PLP, which transmits the components being included in the service, and then the receiver may recover a service.

The signaling of L1 signaling information, L2 signaling information, PAT/PMT, and so on, respective to the correlation between the PLPs, the TSs (or IP streams), the service, and the components according to first to fourth embodiments of the present invention may be performed by the input pre-processor or input processor of the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus (or transmitter), or may be performed by the BICM module.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, when the input stream corresponds to a TS stream, the input pre-processor of FIG. 9 may perform signaling of the L1 signaling information and L2 signaling information and may generate PLPs including PAT/PMT and component PLPs configuring a service. Herein, the L2 signaling information may include NIT, SDT, and so on.

According to another embodiment of the present invention, when the input stream corresponds to a TS stream, the input pre-processor shown in FIG. 13 may perform signaling of the L1 signaling information and L2 signaling information, and may generate PLPS including ESG, provider information, bootstrap information, and so on, and component PLPs configuring a service. Herein, the L2 signaling information may an IP information table.

According to yet another embodiment of the present invention, signaling of the L1 signaling information, shown in FIG. 48 to FIG. 50, may be performed by an L1 signaling generator included in the input processor or an L1 signaling generator included in the BICM module.

At this point, PLPs generated from the input pre-processor may be encoded by using the MISO method and then transmitted, or may be encoded by using the MIMO method and then transmitted. In the present invention, the PLP data being transmitted by using the MISO method may be referred to as MISO PLP data, and the PLP data being transmitted by using the MIMO method may be referred to as MIMO PLP data.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, if the BICM module, the frame builder, and the OFDM generator are identical to those shown in FIG. 19 to FIG. 21, the MIMO PLP data are processed with MIMO encoding by the MIMO encoder of the BICM module shown in FIG. 19, and the MISO PLP data are processed with MISO encoding by the MISO encoder of the OFDM generator shown in FIG. 21. Additionally, the L1 signaling information may also be processed with MISO encoding by the MISO encoder included in the OFDM generator shown in FIG. 21.

According to another embodiment of the present invention, if the BICM module, the frame builder, and the OFDM generator are identical to those shown in FIG. 22 to FIG. 24, the MISO PLP data and the MIMO PLP data are respectively processed with MISO encoding and MIMO encoding by the MISO encoder and the MIMO encoder, which are included in the BICM module shown in FIG. 22. Additionally, the L1 signaling information may also be processed with MISO encoding by the MISO encoder included in the BICM module shown in FIG. 22.

Meanwhile, according to an embodiment of the present invention, in the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus (also referred to as a receiver), any one of the frame demapper, the BICM decoder, and the output processor may perform decoding on a PLP, a TS (or an IP stream), a service, L1/L2 signaling information to which the correlation between the components is signaled, PAT/PMT or ESG, provider information, bootstrap information, and so on.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, if the OFDM demodulator, the frame demapper, and the BICM decoder are identical to those shown in FIG. 27, FIG. 30, and FIG. 31, the MISO encoded and received MISO PLP data are processed with MISO decoding by the MISO decoder of the OFDM demodulator shown in FIG. 27, and the MIMO encoded and received MIMO PLP data are processed with MIMO decoding by the MIMO decoder of the BICM decoder shown in FIG. 31. Additionally, the L1 signaling information may also be processed with MISO decoding by the MISO decoder included in the OFDM demodulator shown in FIG. 27.

According to another embodiment of the present invention, if the OFDM demodulator, the frame demapper, and the BICM decoder are identical to those shown in FIG. 32 to FIG. 34, the MISO encoded and received MISO PLP data and the MIMO encoded and received MIMO PLP data are respectively processed with MISO decoding and MIMO decoding by the MISO decoder and the MIMO decoder, which are included in the BICM decoder shown in FIG. 34. Additionally, the L1 signaling information may also be processed with MISO decoding by the MISO decoder included in the BICM decoder shown in FIG. 34.

And, the process of selecting any one of the MISO PLP data and the MIMO PLP data and performing decoding on the selected PLP data may vary depending upon the first to fourth embodiments of the present invention. More specifically, according to any one of the first to fourth embodiments of the present invention, the present invention may be capable of knowing the PLPs in which the components configuring a service are included. As a result, the PLPs configuring a specific service may be selected and outputted from the frame demapper of FIG. 30 or FIG. 33, and the selected and outputted PLPs may be processed with error correction decoding by the BICM Decoder of FIG. 31 or FIG. 34, thereby being merged as a single service by the output processor of FIG. 36.

According to another embodiment of the present invention, when the input stream corresponds to a TS format, the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus of FIG. 37 may perform the above-described process. More specifically, any one of the frame demapper (210200), the PLP deinterleaving and demodulator module (210500), the L1 decoder (210300), the BBF decoder and null packet reconstruction module (210600) may perform decoding on the PLPs including L1/L2 signaling information having the correlation between the PLP, TS, service, and components signaled thereto, and on PLPs including components. Most particularly, according to the embodiment of the present invention, in the present invention, the L1 decoder (210300) decodes the PLP including L1/L2 signaling information having the correlation between the PLP, TS, service, and components signaled thereto and also including PAT/PMT, and, based upon the decoding result of the L1 decoder (210300), the PLP selecting module (210400) control the frame demapper (210200) so that only the PLPs of the components configuring the specific service can be outputted from the frame demapper (210200). The PLPs that are selected and outputted from the frame demapper (210200) pass through the respective PLP deinterleaving and demodulator module and the respective BBF decoder and null packet reconstruction module, so as to be merged to a single service in the TS merger. In the present invention, the PLP transmitting the PSI/SI and, more particularly, the PAT/PMT will be referred to as a base PLP.

According to yet another embodiment of the present invention, when the input stream corresponds to an IP stream format, the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus of FIG. 38 may perform the above-described process. More specifically, any one of the frame demapper (220200), the PLP deinterleaving and demodulator module (220500), the L1 decoder (220300), and the BBF decoder (220600) may perform decoding on the PLPs including L1/L2 signaling information having the correlation between the PLP, IP stream, service, and components signaled thereto, ESG, bootstrap information, provider information, and so on, and on PLPs including components. Most particularly, according to the embodiment of the present invention, in the present invention, the L1 decoder (210300) decodes the PLP including L1/L2 signaling information having the correlation between the PLP, IP stream, service, and components signaled thereto and also including ESG, bootstrap information, provider information, and so on, and, based upon the decoding result of the L1 decoder (220300), the PLP selecting module (220400) control the frame demapper (220200) so that only the PLPs of the components configuring the specific service can be outputted from the frame demapper (220200). The PLPs that are selected and outputted from the frame demapper (220200) pass through the respective PLP deinterleaving and demodulator module and the respective BBF decoder, thereby being outputted to the respective buffer. The description presented above may be applied to at least one of the first to fourth embodiments of the present invention, which are presented below.

Hereinafter, each embodiment will be described in more detail.

First Embodiment FIG. 51 to FIG. 53

FIG. 51 illustrates a conceptual diagram of a correlation between a service according to the first embodiment of the present invention and a PLP group.

In case of transmitting a broadcast signal of a TS format, the first embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method for recovering a transport stream of a single service by acquiring a service ID from the receiver, by using a PLP group ID associated to the acquired service ID, and by merging multiple PLPs being included in the same PLP group.

As shown in FIG. 51, the L1 signaling information region (505100) according to the first embodiment of the present invention may include information related to each of the multiple PLPs, i.e., a PLP_GROUP ID field, a PLP_ID field, and so on, as shown in FIG. 48 to FIG. 50. Also, the L2 signaling information region (505200) may include an NIT and an SDT.

The NIT may include a PLP_GROUP_ID field, which is identical to the PLP_GROUP_ID field included in the L1 signaling information region (505100), and a transport_stream_id field. By using these fields, the receiver may be capable of knowing to which PLP group a specific transport stream is correlated. Also, the SDT may include a transport_stream_id field, which is identical to the transport_stream_id included in the NIT, and a service_id field. By using these fields, the receiver may be capable of differentiating (or identifying) each of the services being transmitted through a specific transport stream.

Eventually, among the many services included in a specific transport stream, the receiver may identify the desired service by using the service_id field, which is included in the SDT. And, by using the transport_stream_id field and the PLP_GROUP_ID field, which are included in the NIT, the receiver may identify a PLP group, which is related with the specific transport stream. Thereafter, the receiver may receive a PLP having the same PLP_GROUP_ID field, which is included in the L1 signaling information region (505100). More specifically, the receiver may merge multiple PLPs, which are included in a PLP group being correlated with the desired service, so as to recover a transport stream.

In other words, the receiver acquires an identifier of a service, which is selected by the user, from the service_id field of the SDT. And, by mapping the transport_stream_id field of the SDT and the transport_stream_id field of the NIT, a group identifier of the PLPs transmitting the components of the selected service may be acquired from the PLP_GROUP_ID field of the NIT. Subsequently, by mapping the PLP_GROUP_ID field of the NIT and the PLP_GROUP_ID field of the L1 signaling information, each PLP identifier included in the PLP group may be acquired from the PLP_ID field of the corresponding PLP. Thereafter, when the PLPS of the acquired PLP identifiers are merged, a TS configuring a service may be recovered.

Hereinafter, the fields, the NIT, and the SDT being included in the L1 signaling information region (505100) according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail.

Since the L1 signaling information region (505100) according to the first embodiment of the present invention includes the same fields, which are described with reference to FIG. 48 to FIG. 50, the detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

The NIT corresponds to a table transmitting information related to the physical structure of a multiplexer/transport stream being transmitted through the network, and diverse information respective to the characteristics of the network itself. The receiver may gain information on the transport stream from the NIT.

The NIT according to the first embodiment of the present invention may include a network_id field, a transport_stream_id field, and a delivery_system_descriptor loop.

Hereinafter, each field included in the NIT shown in FIG. 51 will be described in detail.

The network_id field is used for identifying a network through which the current broadcast signal is being transmitted.

The transport_stream_id field is used for identifying a transport stream that is currently being transmitted.

The delivery_system_descriptor may include fields required (or necessary) for matching the transport stream with the PLP and the transmitting system. Most particularly, the delivery_system_descriptor according to the present invention may include a PLP_GROUP_ID field that is identical to the PLP_GROUP_ID field included in the L1 signaling information.

Furthermore, the delivery_system_descriptor may include a system_id field, system_parameter( ) field and a cell_parameter( ) field.

A system_id field is used for identifying a system that is unique to the broadcast network performing transmission.

A system_parameters( ) field may include parameters indicating the transmitting system characteristics, such as whether the communication is performed in a SISO/MIMO mode, a bandwidth, a guard interval, a transmission mode, and so on.

A cell_parameters( ) field may include parameters indicating cell information, such as a center frequency, a cell identifier, and so on.

The SDT corresponds to a table including information on multiple services, which are included in a single transport stream. The SDT according to the first embodiment of the present invention may include a transport_stream_id field, and a service loop. And, the service loop may include a service_id field and is repeated as many times as the number of services included in a transmission frame.

Hereinafter, each field included in the SDT shown in FIG. 51 will be described in detail.

Since the transport_stream_id field is identical to the transport_stream_id field, which is included in the NIT, a detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity. The service_id field is used for identifying multiple services included in the transmission frame.

FIG. 52 shows a delivery_system_descriptor field of the NIT of FIG. 51 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. Herein, the delivery_system_descriptor field is used for connecting the PLP_GROUP_ID field of the L1 signaling information region 500100 to the transport stream.

As shown in FIG. 52, the delivery_system_descriptor may include a descriptor_tag field, a descriptor_length field, a system_id field, a PLP_GROUP_ID field, and a first loop.

The first loop is used when the descriptor_length field has a size larger than 3. And, in this case, the first loop may include a system_parameters( ) field and a second loop.

The second loop may include a cell_parameters( ) field.

Hereinafter, each field will be described in detail.

The descriptor_tag field is used for identifying each descriptor.

The descriptor_length field is used for indicating a total length of the data portion of each descriptor.

The system_id field is used for identifying a system that is unique to the broadcast network performing transmission.

The PLP_GROUP_ID field may identify a PLP group that is to be matched and merged with the transport_stream_id field. Since the essential details of the PLP_GROUP_ID field are identical to those of the PLP_GROUP_ID field shown in FIG. 36, a detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

Since the system_parameters( ) field included in the first loop and the cell_parameters( ) field included in the second loop are identical to those described in FIG. 51, a detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

FIG. 53 illustrates a flow chart showing the process steps of a service scanning method of the receiver according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

The receiver receives a TP type broadcast signal transmitted in a specific channel through tuning (S507100). In this case, in order to receive a service desired by the user, the receiver requires information on the service included in the transmission frame, which is being transmitted through the respective channel. Although this process step is not shown in the drawing, this process step may be performed by the tuner of the receiver and may be modified or varied in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

Then, the receiver may decode the L1 signaling information included in the transmission frame, so as to acquire a PLP ID, a PLP Group ID, and a system ID, which are included in the transmission frame (S507200). Thereafter, the receiver may identify the PLP groups by using the decoded PLP Group ID, so as to select the desired PLP group, and may decode the PLP including the L2 signaling information and the PSI/SI (S507300). The receiver may decode the NIT and the SDT included in the decoded L1 signal information, and the receiver may also decode a PAT/PMT included in the PLP, thereby being capable of storing service information associated with the transmitting system and the PLP structure (S507400). The service information according to the present invention may include a service ID for identifying a service.

Subsequently, the receiver may determine whether or not the currently selected PLP group corresponds to the last PLP group (S507500).

Based upon the determined result, when it is determined that the selected PLP group does not correspond to the last PLP group, the receiver may return to the process step S507300, so as to select the next PLP group. Alternatively, when it is determined that the selected PLP group corresponds to the last PLP group, the receiver may determine whether or not the current channel corresponds to the last channel (S507600).

Then, based upon the determined result, when it is determined that the current channel does not correspond to the last channel, the receiver may return to the process step S507100, so as to tune to the next channel. And, alternatively, when it is determined that the current channel corresponds to the last channel, the receiver may use the stored service information so as to tune to a first service or a pre-set service (S507700).

If the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus has the same structure as FIG. 26 or FIG. 49, as described above, the decoding of the PLPs including the L1 signaling information, the L2 signaling information, the PLPs transmitting the PSI/SI, and the PLPs including components may be performed by at least one of the frame demapper, the BICM decoder, and the output processor. If the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus has the same structure as FIG. 37, the decoding of the PLPs including the L1 signaling information, the L2 signaling information, the PLPs transmitting the PSI/SI, and the PLPs transmitting components may be performed by at least one of the frame demapper, the PLP deinterleaving and demodulator module, the L1 decoder, the BBF decoder, and the null packet reconfigurating module. Also, the scanning process may be performed by a separate controller.

Second Embodiment FIG. 54 to FIG. 56

FIG. 54 illustrates a conceptual diagram of a correlation between a service according to the second embodiment of the present invention and a PLP group.

The first embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method using a PLP Group ID and a service ID. And, in this case, the receiver may use a correlation between a service and a PLP group one a service level, so as to recover a service.

However, depending upon the characteristics of the receiver, when data of an enhancement layer is to be selectively decoded so as to provide a high picture quality image, the signaling method according to the first embodiment of the present invention is disadvantageous in that the information on a video stream, which is included in the PLP, cannot be acquired.

Therefore, according to the second embodiment of the present invention, when receiving a TS format broadcast signal, in addition to the signaling method using the correlation between a service and a PLP group, a signaling method that can determine the type of the current transport stream and that can acquire information related to the components included in each PLP, thereby being capable of selectively receiving the transport stream and the PLP based upon the acquired information.

As shown in FIG. 54, the L1 signaling information region 508100 according to the second embodiment of the present invention may include diverse information related to each of the multiple PLPs, i.e., a PLP_GROUP ID field, a PLP_ID field, a PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field, and so on. Also, the L2 signaling information region field 508200 may include an NIT and an SDT. Herein, the NIT may include a PLP_GROUP_ID field, which is identical to the PLP_GROUP_ID field included in the L1 signaling information region 508100, and a transport_stream_id field. By using these fields, the receiver may be capable of knowing to which PLP group a specific transport stream is correlated. Also, the SDT may include a transport_stream_id field, which is identical to the transport_stream_id included in the NIT, and a service_id field. By using these fields, the receiver may be capable of differentiating (or identifying) each of the services being transmitted through a specific transport_stream. Additionally, since the PMT include a program_number field, which matches with the service_id field included in the SDT, the receiver may use the program_number field so as to verify a program number included in the selected service. Moreover, since the PMT includes a stream type field, a PLP_ID field, and a PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field, the receiver may determine the type of the current stream by using the stream type field. And, by using the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field, the receiver may determine the type of the component included in the current PLP, so as to selectively receive the PLP.

Eventually, as described in the first embodiment of the present invention, the receiver may acquire the service_id field from the SDT, so as to be capable of identifying a desired service, among a plurality of services included in a transmission frame. Then, by using the NIT, the receiver may identify a PLP group, which is related to a specific transport stream transmitting the service. Thereafter, the receiver may receive a PLP having a PLP_GROUP_ID field included in the L1 signaling information, thereby being capable of recovering a service stream. Additionally, the receiver may also use the component information included in the PLP, so as to selectively receive the PLP and to be capable of providing an image best-fitting the receiver characteristic.

Hereinafter, the fields, the NIT, and the SDT being included in the L1 signaling information according to the second embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail.

Since the L1 signaling information according to the second embodiment of the present invention includes the same fields, which are included in the L1 signaling information region described with reference to FIG. 48 to FIG. 50, and since the NIT and the SDT are identical to the NIT and SDT described with reference to FIG. 51, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity. The PMT corresponds to a table including information indicating or identifying the types of the streams being included in each service or PID information for identifying the streams.

The PMT according to the second embodiment of the present invention may be transmitted through a PLP, and the transmitting end may process and transmit the PMT as data. Furthermore, the PMT may also include a program_number field, and a PID loop.

Hereinafter, each field included in the PMT shown in FIG. 54 will be described in detail.

A program_number field is used for identifying each program (or service) within the current transport stream. Herein, the program_number field is matched with the service_id field of the SDT. The PID loop may include PID information (elementary_PID) of a TS packet to which individual bit streams, such as video, audio, and so on, are being transmitted, wherein the individual bit streams configure a program or (service), a stream_type field, and a component_id_descriptor. Herein, the PID information is a PID of a TS packet transmitting each stream, such as video, audio, and so on, configuring a program (or service). A stream_type field represents encoding information and a type of an ES which is included in a TS packet having a PID value that is expressed in the elementary_PID field. Examples of the streams types according to the present invention may include an SVC stream, an AVC stream, and so on.

An elementary_PID field represents an identifier of an ES (Elementary Stream). That is, it is a field used for identifying a TS packet transmitting the ES.

A component_id_descriptor may include a PLP_ID field and a PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field. Herein, since the PLP_ID field and the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field are identical to the PLP_ID field and the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field, which are included in the L1 signaling, a detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

Therefore, when multiple stream types exist, the receiver may identify a specific stream by using the stream_type field and may select the identified stream. Also, by using the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field, the receiver may also determine whether the component being transmitted by the PLP corresponds to a base layer or an enhancement layer, and the receiver may then selectively decode the PLP of the enhancement layer in accordance with the receiver characteristic.

FIG. 55 corresponds to an exemplary component_id_descriptor which is included in FIG. 54. Herein, the component_id_descriptor field is being used for connecting the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field of the L1 signaling information region 508100 to the transport stream.

The component_id_descriptor may include a descriptor_tag field, a descriptor_length field, a system_id field, a PLP_ID field, and a PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field. Herein, the PLP_ID field is used for identifying a PLP that matches with a PID sub stream of the corresponding stream type.

Since the contents of each field are identical to those described in FIG. 49 and FIG. 52, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

FIG. 56 illustrates a flow chart showing a service scanning method of the receiver according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

The receiver receives a broadcasting signal having a TS format and being transmitted to a specific channel via tuning (S510100). In this case, in order to receive a service that is wanted (or desired) by the user, diverse information that can identify the service included in the transmission frame, which is being transmitted through the channel, is required. Although this process is not shown in the drawing, the corresponding process may be performed by the tuner of the receiver and may be modified and varied in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

Then, the receiver may decode the L1 signaling information included in the transmission frame, so as to acquire a PLP ID, a PLP Group ID, and a system ID, which are included in the transmission frame (S510200). Thereafter, the receiver may identify the PLP groups by using the decoded PLP Group ID, so as to select the desired PLP group, and may decode the PLP including the L2 signaling information and the PSI/SI (S510300). The receiver may decode the NIT and the SDT included in the decoded L1 signal information, and the receiver may also decode a PAT/PMT included in the PLP, thereby being capable of storing service information associated with information on the structures of the transmitting system and the PLP (S510400). The service information according to the present invention may include a service ID for identifying a service.

Additionally, the receiver may use the stream_type field and the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field included in the decoded PMT, so as to verify the type of the component being transmitted by the current PLP, and then the receiver may store the component that is to be additionally received in accordance with the receiver characteristics (S510500). More specifically, the receiver may use the above-described stream_type and PLP_component_type information, so as to additionally receiver/store a component corresponding to the service, which may be provided in accordance with the receiver characteristic.

Subsequently, the receiver may determine whether or not the currently selected PLP group corresponds to the last PLP group (S510600).

Based upon the determined result, when it is determined that the selected PLP group does not correspond to the last PLP group, the receiver may return to the process step S510300, so as to select the next PLP group. Alternatively, when it is determined that the selected PLP group corresponds to the last PLP group, the receiver may determine whether or not the current channel corresponds to the last channel (S510600).

Then, based upon the determined result, when it is determined that the current channel does not correspond to the last channel, the receiver may return to the process step S510100, so as to tune to the next channel. And, alternatively, when it is determined that the current channel corresponds to the last channel, the receiver may use the stored service information so as to tune to a first service or a pre-set service (S510700).

If the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus has the same structure as FIG. 26 or FIG. 49, as described above, the decoding of the PLPs including the L1 signaling information, the L2 signaling information, the PLPs transmitting the PSI/SI, and the PLPs including components may be performed by at least one of the frame demapper, the BICM decoder, and the output processor. If the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus has the same structure as FIG. 37, the decoding of the PLPs including the L1 signaling information, the L2 signaling information, the PLPs transmitting the PSI/SI, and the PLPs transmitting components may be performed by at least one of the frame demapper, the PLP deinterleaving and demodulator module, the L1 decoder, the BBF decoder, and the null packet reconfigurating module. Also, the scanning process may be performed by a separate controller.

Third Embodiment FIG. 57 to FIG. 61

FIG. 57 illustrates a conceptual diagram of a correlation between a service according to the third embodiment of the present invention and a PLP group.

When a channel is scanned by the receiver according to the second embodiment of the present invention, the receiver may not be capable of scanning (or searching through) the entire PLP, which transmits the components included in a single service. Since the components included in each of the multiple services are transmitted through each PLP, a PLP that does not include PSI/SI may also exist.

Therefore, in the third embodiment of the present invention, PSI/SI, such as the PAT/PMT, may be transmitted to a random PLP included in the multiple PLP regions, so that the entire PLP transmitting the components included in a single service can be scanned (or searched). As described above, in the description of the present invention, the PLP transmitting service configuration information, such as the PAT/PMT, may also be referred to as a base PLP. More specifically, when the receiver decodes the base PLP, information on the remaining component PLPs included in a single service may be acquired.

Eventually, according to the third embodiment of the present invention, instead of acquiring signaling information by processing all of the TS, by processing signaling information of the physical layer and by acquiring signaling information included in the base PLP, the signaling information respective to each PLP may be acquired.

As shown in FIG. 57, the L1 signaling information region 511100 according to the third embodiment of the present invention may include information respective to each of the multiple PLPs, i.e., a PLP_GROUP ID field, a PLP_ID field, a PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field, a PLP_PROFILE field, and so on. Additionally, the L2 signaling information region 511200 may include an NIT and an SDT. Herein, the NIT may include a BASE_PLP_ID field, which is matched with the PLP_ID field being included in the L1 signaling information region 511100. And, by using the BASE_PLP_ID field, the receiver may identify a base PLP, which transmits the PMT/PAT. Furthermore, the SDT may include a transport_stream_id field, which is identical to the transport_stream_id included in the NIT, and a service_id field. And, by using the SDT, the receiver may differentiate each of the services being transmitted through a specific transport stream.

Additionally, since the PMT being transmitted through the base PLP include a program_number field, which is matched with the service_id field included in the SDT, by using the program_number field, the receiver may verify the program number included in the selected service. In addition, the PMT may include a stream_type field, a PLP_ID field, and a PLP_PROFILE field. In this case, by referring to the stream type field included in the PMT, the receiver may recognize the type of the current stream, and by using the PLP_ID field and the PLP_PROFILE filed, the receiver may determine the correlation between the PLP and the component, thereby being capable of decoding the PLP best-fitting the PLP. More specifically, the receiver may use the PLP_PROFILE field included in the PMT, so as to perform decoding on the PLP, which transmits a distinguished service component, such as a standard picture quality service, high picture quality service, and so on, in accordance with the characteristics of the receiver. Thus, the TS best-fitting the receiver characteristics may be recovered.

Eventually, the receiver may identify and select the base PLP by using the BASE_PLP_ID field, which is included in the NIT, and the receiver may decode a PMT, which is transmitted through the base PLP. Additionally, the receiver may identify and select a wanted (or desired) service by using the service_id field, which is included in the SDT. Moreover, in addition to being capable of decoding all of the PLPs that are included in a component, which is included in a single service, by using the PLP_PROFILE field, the receiver may decode a PLP in accordance with the receiver characteristic.

Hereinafter, the L1 signaling information region (511100), the NIT, the SDT, and the PMT according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail.

Since the L1 signaling information according to the third embodiment of the present invention is identical to the L1 signaling information shown in FIG. 48 to FIG. 50, a detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

The PLP_PROFILE field may identify whether the corresponding PLP is a mandatory (or required) PLP or an optional (or selective) PLP. For example, in case the component being transmitted through the PLP is identified (or distinguished) as a base layer or an enhancement layer, the PLP transmitting the base layer becomes the mandatory PLP, and the PLP transmitting the enhancement layer becomes the optional PLP. Particularly, the base PLP becomes the mandatory PLP. More specifically, depending upon the receiver characteristic, such as a mobile receiver, a fixed-type receiver, and so on, the receiver may use the PLP_PROFILE field so as to verify by which receiver the component of the broadcast service being transmitted to the current PLP may be used, and depending upon the receiver characteristic, the receiver may determine whether or not to decode the current PLP.

The NIT according to the third embodiment of the present invention is similar to the NIT according to the second embodiment of the present invention, which is described above with reference to FIG. 54. However, unlike the NIT according to the second embodiment of the present invention, the NIT according to the third embodiment of the present invention may further include a BASE_PLP_ID field.

Herein, the BASE_PLP_ID field is used for identifying the base PLP. And, the base PLP may transmit PSI/SI information of a corresponding service, such as the PMT/PAT. Additionally, the BASE_PLP_ID field may be included in a delivery_system_descriptor of the NIT.

The PMT according to the third embodiment of the present invention may include a program_number field and a PID loop. And, the PID loop may include a stream_type field and a component_id_descriptor. Herein, the component_id_descriptor may include a PLP_PROFILE field and a PLP_ID field. The contents of the program_number field and the PLP_ID field are identical to those described above with reference to FIG. 49 and FIG. 54. And, since the PLP_PROFILE field is identical to the PLP_PROFILE field included in the L1 signaling information, a detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

FIG. 58 illustrates an exemplary delivery system descriptor included in the NIT of FIG. 57.

As shown in FIG. 58, the delivery_system_descriptor according to the third embodiment of the present invention is identical to the delivery_system_descriptor according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is shown in FIG. 52. However, unlike the delivery_system_descriptor according to the first embodiment of the present invention, the delivery_system_descriptor according to the third embodiment of the present invention may further include a BASE_PLP_ID field. Since the description of the BASE_PLP_ID field is identical to that of FIG. 57, a detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

FIG. 59 illustrates an exemplary component ID descriptor included in the PMT of FIG. 57.

As shown in FIG. 59, the component_id_descriptor, which is included in the PID loop of the PMT according to the third embodiment of the present, is identical to the component_id_descriptor according to the second embodiment of the present invention, which is shown in FIG. 54. However, the component_id_descriptor according to the third embodiment of the present invention may include a PLP_PROFILE field instead of the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field. Herein, since the description of the PLP_PROFILE field is identical to that of FIG. 57, a detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

FIG. 60 illustrates an exemplary PLP_PROFILE field according to the third embodiment of the present invention.

As shown in FIG. 60, the PLP_PROFILE field may provide information in a bit-unit selector format.

The PLP_PROFILE field may indicate information on a video component in accordance with the field value. For example, when the field value is equal to 0x00, this signifies a common profile and indicates that the video component corresponds to a component that can be received and used by any receiver. When the field value is equal to 0x01, this indicates that the video component corresponds to a component that can be used only by mobile receivers, and when the field value is equal to 0x02, this indicates that the video component corresponds to an HD profile component that can be used only by HD receivers (or fixed receivers). And, when the field value is equal to 0x03, this indicates that the component can be applied to both mobile receivers and HD receivers.

FIG. 61 illustrates a flow chart showing the process steps of a service scanning method of the receiver according to the third embodiment of the present invention.

The receiver receives a broadcasting signal having a TS format via tuning (S515100). In this case, in order to receive a service that is wanted (or desired) by the user, diverse information that can identify the service included in the transmission frame, which is being transmitted through the channel, is required. Although this process is not shown in the drawing, the corresponding process may be performed by the tuner of the receiver and may be modified and varied in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

The receiver decodes the L1 signaling information included in the transmission frame, so as to acquire a PLP ID, a PLP group ID, PLP component type information, PLP profile information, system ID, and so on (S515150). Thereafter, the receiver identifies the PLP groups based upon the decoded PLP group ID, so as to select a wanted (or desired) PLP group, and then decodes the L2 signaling information (S515200). Additionally, the receiver decodes the NIT included in the L2 signaling information and uses the BASE_PLP_ID field included in the NIT, so as to find and locate the base PLP of each service (S515250). Subsequently, the receiver may use the transport_stream_id field, which is included in the NIT, so as to identify the transport stream included in the PLP group and to decode the PMT included in the base PLP (S515300). The receiver may use the PLP_PROFILE field, which is included in a component ID descriptor field of the decoded PMT, so as to verify which receiver may use the component of the broadcast service, which is being transmitted to the current PLP in accordance with the receiver characteristic, such as mobile receiver, HD receiver, and so on. Accordingly, by using the PLP_ID field, the receiver may selectively decode the PLP that is requested to be decoded.

Thereafter, the receiver may store the information related to the correlation between the component and the PLP, based upon the receiver characteristic (S515350). The information related to the correlation between the component and the PLP may include the PID information of the PMT and the PLP_id included in the component_ID_descriptor.

Subsequently, the receiver may determine whether or not the current TS corresponds to the last TS within the PLP group (S515400).

When it is determined that the current TS does not correspond to the last TS, the receiver may return to the process step S515250, so as to parse the NIT and to acquire the base PLP by using the BASE_PLP_ID field. Alternatively, when it is determined that the current TS corresponds to the last TS, the receiver may determine whether or not the current PLP group corresponds to the last PLP group (S515450).

When it is determined that the selected PLP group does not correspond to the last PLP group, the receiver may return to the process step S515200, so as to select the next PLP group and to decode a base PLP. Alternatively, when it is determined that the selected PLP group corresponds to the last PLP group, the receiver may determine whether or not the current channel corresponds to the last channel (S515500).

Thereafter, when it is determined that the current channel does not correspond to the last channel, the receiver may return to the process step S515100, so as to tune to the next channel. And, alternatively, when it is determined that the current channel corresponds to the last channel, the receiver may tune to a first service or a pre-set service (S515550).

If the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus has the same structure as FIG. 26 or FIG. 49, as described above, the decoding of the PLPs including the L1 signaling information, the L2 signaling information, the PLPs transmitting the PSI/SI, and the PLPs including components may be performed by at least one of the frame demapper, the BICM decoder, and the output processor. If the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus has the same structure as FIG. 37, the decoding of the PLPs including the L1 signaling information, the L2 signaling information, the PLPs transmitting the PSI/SI, and the PLPs transmitting components may be performed by at least one of the frame demapper, the PLP deinterleaving and demodulator module, the L1 decoder, the BBF decoder, and the null packet reconfigurating module. Also, the scanning process may be performed by a separate controller.

Fourth Embodiment FIG. 62 to FIG. 64

FIG. 62 illustrates a conceptual diagram of a correlation between a service according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention and a PLP group.

In case of transmitting a broadcast signal of a IP format, the fourth embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method for recovering a transport stream by acquiring a service IP address and information on a component type and information on a component address, which are included in a PLP, and by merging multiple PLPs being included in the same PLP group.

As shown in FIG. 62, the L1 signaling information region 516100 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention may include information related to each of the multiple PLPs, i.e., a PLP_GROUP ID field, a PLP_ID field, and so on. Also, the L2 signaling information region 516200 may include an IP information table, and the IP information table may include a IP_address_list( ) field and a descriptor. The IP_address_list( ) field may include IP address information for receiving a Bootstrap, and the descriptor may include the same PLP_GROUP_ID field and PLP_ID field that are included in the L1 signaling information region 516100. Since the IP_address_list( ) field and the descriptor form a pair, by using this pair, the receiver may be capable of knowing which PLP group is correlated to a specific IP stream. Thereafter, the receiver may use the IP_address_list( ) field, so as to receive Bootstrap information. Herein, the bootstrap information includes a boot_IP_address field. And, by using the boot_IP_address field, the receiver may acquire an IP address that can receiver (or acquire) a service guide information or broadcast content guide information.

Subsequently, by using the received bootstrap information, the receiver may receiver service guide information, such as ESG (Electronic Service Guide)/BCG (Broadcast Contents Guide). The service guide information or broadcast contents guide information may be transmitted through an interactive channel and may be received through an IP stream, which is included in a specific PLP. This may vary depending upon the intentions of the system designer. The receiver may use the service_id field, the component_type field, and the component_IP_address field, which are included in the ESG/BCG, so as to decode a desired (or wanted) service and service components.

Eventually, by using the component_IP_address included in the ESG/BCG, or by using the boot_IP_address field of the bootstrap, the receiver may acquire an IP address for each service and service components. And, by using the IP_address_list( ) field and the PLP_GROUP_ID field of the IP information table, the receiver may be capable of knowing which IP stream/packet is correlated to the PLP group. Thereafter, the receiver may merge the service components that are included in a PLP having the same PLP_GROUP_ID field included in the L1 signaling information region 516100, so as to recover a service.

Hereinafter, the L1 signaling information, the IP information table, a bootstrap, and an ESG/BCG will be described in detail.

The L1 signaling information according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention may include the same fields included in the L1 signaling information, which is described in FIG. 48 to FIG. 50. And, the receiver may use the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field so as to determine whether or not the L1 signaling information is matched with the component_type field included in the ESG/BCG.

The IP information table according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a table include IP-related information, i.e., information on an IP address and so on. Herein, the receiver may be capable of knowing how the IP stream is being transmitted from the IP information table through the transport stream.

The IP information table may include an IP_addr_location loop, and the IP_addr_location loop may include a target IP_add_descriptor( ) and an IP/MAC_location_descriptor.

The target_IP_add_descriptor( ) may include an IP_address_list( ) field, and the IP_address_list( ) field may include information related to the IP address. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the present invention includes an IP address/port field. Depending upon the number of ports, a plurality of the IP address/port fields may be included. The IP/MAC_location_descriptor may also be referred to as an IP/MAC_location_information field, which may be used for connecting the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field included in the L1 signaling information to the IP stream. The IP/MAC_location_descriptor may include the same PLP_ID field and PLP_GROUP_ID field as the PLP_ID field and the PLP_GROUP_ID field, which are included in the L1 signaling information.

Hereinafter, each field included in the bootstrap and ESG/BCG shown in FIG. 62 will be described in detail.

Herein, the Bootstrap may include a boot_IP_addr field, and the boot_IP_addr field may identify a booting address of the IP.

The ESG/BCG may include a NUM_SERVICE loop. Herein, the NUM_SERVICE loop may include a respective service_name field, service_id field, and a NUM_COMPONENT loop for each of the multiple services.

The service_name field may be used for indicating the name of each service, and the service_id field may be used for identifying each service.

The NUM_COMPONENT loop corresponds to a loop include information on the multiple components, which are included in a service. Herein, the NUM_COMPONENT loop may include a component_type field and a component_IP_address field.

The component_type field may be used for identifying component types of the service. And, examples of the components according to the present invention may include a video component of the base layer, a video component of the enhancement layer, audio components, data components, and so on. Also, the component_type field may be matched with the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field, which is included in the L1 signaling information.

The component_IP_address field may identify the IP address of each component.

FIG. 63 illustrates an exemplary IP/MAC_location_descriptor according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.

As shown in FIG. 63, the IP/MAC_location_descriptor according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention may include the same fields as the component_id_descriptor field according to the second embodiment of the present invention, which is described above with reference to FIG. 55. Herein, however, the IP/MAC_location_descriptor according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention may include a PLP_GROUP_ID field instead of the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field. Since the description of each field is identical to that of FIG. 49 and FIG. 55, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

FIG. 64 illustrates a flow chart showing the process steps of a service scanning method of the receiver according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.

The receiver tunes to receive an IP type broadcast signal (S518100). In this case, in order to receive a service desired by the user, the receiver requires information on the service included in the transmission frame, which is being transmitted through the respective channel. Although this process step is not shown in the drawing, this process step may be performed by the tuner of the receiver and may be modified or varied in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

Then, the receiver may decode the L1 signaling information included in the transmission frame, so as to acquire a PLP ID and a PLP Group ID (S518200). Thereafter, the receiver may identify the PLP groups by using the decoded PLP group ID so as to select a desired PLP group, and the receiver may then decode the L2 signaling information and the PLP including the PSI/SI and metadata (S518300).

The receiver may decode the IP information table included in the decoded L2 signaling information, and the receiver may also decode the metadata included in the PLP (S518400). Additionally, the receiver may acquire service information associated with information on the transmitting system and PLP structures, thereby being capable of storing the acquired service information (S518400). The service information according to the present invention may include a service IP address, a component IP address, and so on. Subsequently, the receiver may determine whether or not the currently selected PLP group corresponds to the last PLP group (S518500).

Based upon the determined result, when it is determined that the selected PLP group does not correspond to the last PLP group, the receiver may return to the process step S518300, so as to select the next PLP group. Alternatively, when it is determined that the selected PLP group corresponds to the last PLP group, the receiver may determine whether or not the current channel corresponds to the last channel (S518600).

Then, based upon the determined result, when it is determined that the current channel does not correspond to the last channel, the receiver may return to the process step S518100, so as to tune to the next channel. And, alternatively, when it is determined that the current channel corresponds to the last channel, the receiver may use the stored service information so as to tune to a first service or a pre-set service (S518700).

If the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus has the same structure as FIG. 26 or FIG. 49, as described above, the decoding of the PLPs including the L1 signaling information, the L2 signaling information, the PLPs transmitting the PSI/SI and metadata, and the PLPs including components may be performed by at least one of the frame demapper, the BICM decoder, and the output processor. If the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus has the same structure as FIG. 38, the decoding of the PLPs including the L1 signaling information, the L2 signaling information, the PLPs transmitting the PSI/SI, and the PLPs transmitting components may be performed by at least one of the frame demapper, the PLP deinterleaving and demodulator module, the L1 decoder, the BBF decoder, and the null packet reconfigurating module. Also, the scanning process may be performed by a separate controller.

Meanwhile, the present invention proposes a method for reducing an overhead of a data packet, when IP based data are transmitted based. According to the embodiment of the present invention, by compressing and transmitting the header of a data packet, the present invention may reduce the overhead of a data packet. Additionally, according to the embodiment of the present invention, whether or not compression is being applied to the header of the data packet may be signaled to at least one of the L1 signaling information and the L2 signaling information. Furthermore, according to the embodiment of the present invention, when the data packet header is compressed, the compression information of the data packet header, which is required by the receiver for performing decompression on the header of the compressed data packet, is signaled to at least one of L1 signaling information and L2 signaling information.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, among the header compression methods, the header of a data packet is compressed by using a RoHC (Robust Header Compression) method. The RoHC method is merely an example given to facilitate the understanding of the present invention. And, therefore, any other method for compressing a header may be applied herein.

Most particularly, according to the embodiment of the present invention, among the compressed data packet header information, a portion of the corresponding information may be transmitted to a common PLP.

In the present invention, a data packet is largely configured of a header and a payload. Herein, the header includes information required for transmitting the data packet (e.g., transmitter information, receiver information, port number, data size, error correction code, and so on), and the payload include data that are to be actually transmitted. At this point, depending upon the type of data being transmitted to the payload, and a protocol being used for packetization, the header of the data packet may be configured of an IP header and a UDP header, and the header of the data packet may also be configured of an IP header, a UDP (or TCP) header, and an RTP header.

For example, if a UDP packet is packetized in accordance with an IP method, after the data being transmitted to the payload (e.g., A/v data) have been packetized by using the RTP method, and after the RTP packet has been packetized once again by using the UDP method, the data packet is configured of an IP header, a UDP header, an RIP header, and a payload. However, this is merely an example, and other types of header configurations may be applied to the present invention. In the description of the present invention, the data packet may also be referred to as an IP packet.

FIG. 65 illustrates an IP header configuring a header of a data packet according to an embodiment of the present invention.

The IP header includes an IP version field indicating an IP protocol version, such as IPv4, IPv6, and so on, an Internet Header Length (IHL) field indicating the length of an IP header, a TOS (Type of Service) field indicating priority information respective to the service type, a Total Length field indicating a total length of the corresponding data packet, a packet identifier (Identification) field, an IP fragment flags (IP Flags) field indicating information on data segments (or fragments) of an IP layer, a Fragment Offset field indicating a relative position of the segmented (or divided) packets, a TTL (Time to Live) field indicating time information up to when the data are deleted, a higher layer Protocol field indicating a protocol (TCP, UDP, and so on) that is used in the higher layer, a Header Checksum field checking for an error in the header, a source IP address field indicating an IP address of a source device, and a destination (or target) IP address field indicating an IP address of a destination (or target) device.

FIG. 66 illustrates an UDP header configuring a header of a data packet according to an embodiment of the present invention.

The UDP header includes a source port number field indicating a port number of a source device, a destination (or target) port number field indicates a port number of a destination (or target) device, a field length indicating a total length of the corresponding data field, and a checksum filed for certifying the reliability of the corresponding data packet.

For example, when the header part of the data packet includes an IP header, a UDP header, and an RTP header, and when the IP version corresponds to IPv4, the overhead of the header included in the data packet becomes equal to 40 bytes. However, such an overhead may cause a critical problem in a wireless system, wherein the bandwidth is limited. At this point, when the header of the data packet is compressed by using the RoHC method, the overhead may be reduced to 1 byte or 3 bytes. More specifically, the transmitting end compresses and transmits at least one of the IP/UDP/RTP headers within the data packet, and the receiver decompressed the header of the received data packet, thereby recovering the IP/UDP/RTP headers prior to being compressed.

(a) and (b) of FIG. 67 illustrates conceptual diagrams of an RoHC compression algorithm according to the present invention. Herein, (a) of FIG. 67 shows an example of the data packets prior to being compressed and (b) of FIG. 67 shows an example of the data packets being compressed by using the RoHC method. Although a payload exists in each packet in (a) and (b) of FIG. 67, the present invention will only describe the header of the data packets.

For simplicity in the description of the present invention, the packet prior to being compressed will hereinafter be referred to as a data packet, and the packet being compressed by using the RoHC method will hereinafter be referred to as an RoHC packet (or header-compressed data packet).

In the RoHC compression method, the overall headers of the data packet configuring the IP stream, which is identified by the IP address information, may be indicated by a single context identifier (Context ID). Herein, at the beginning of the transmission, the overall header is transmitted. Then, as the transmission progresses, the compression process is processed by using a method of remaining only the Context ID and the essential information and omitting the non-varying parts.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, when performing IP streaming, among the information included in the IP header and the UDP header of FIG. 65 and FIG. 66, IP version, source IP address, destination IP address, IP fragment flag, source port number, destination port number, and so on, hardly varies (or changes) during the streaming process. In the description of the present invention, the fields transmitting information that hardly changes during the streaming process, as described above, will be referred to as static fields.

In the RoHC compression method, information on such static fields is transmitted only once and is not additionally transmitted for a predetermined period of time. This is referred to as an Initialization and Refresh (hereinafter referred to as IR) state, and a data packet having the static field information transmitted to the header is referred to as an IP packet. Moreover, information on dynamic fields, which consistently changes yet maintains the same state for a predetermined period of time, are separately scheduled to performed additional transmission. Herein, a data packet having the dynamic field information transmitted to its header is referred to as an IR-DYN packet. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the IR packet also includes dynamic field information. Since the IR packet and the IR-DYN packet carry all information of the conventional header, the IR packet and the IR-DYN packet have a similar size as the conventional header. More specifically, among the header information of the data packet, the static field information may be transmitted at the beginning through the IR packet, and the dynamic field information is transmitted each time the information is updated through the IR-DYN packet.

In addition to the IR packet and the IR-DYN packet, the data packet having its header compressed may further include a first order (FO) and a second order (SO). The FO packet and the SO packet are configured only of 1-2 byte information. The FO packet compresses and transmits all static field information and most of the dynamic field information, and the SO packet periodically compresses and transmits all of the dynamic field information.

As described above, in the RoHC compression method, IR packets including the static and dynamic field information are transmitted only when required, and, in the remaining cases, the FO packets or SO packets, which are configured only of the 1-2 byte information, are transmitted. Thus, 30 bytes or more of the overhead may be reduced for each data packet.

However, when such RoHC compression method is adopted, in a broadcasting network that does not have any return channels, the receiver is incapable of knowing at which point the IP stream is to be received. And, a general receiver may not be capable of recognizing the corresponding data packet.

In order to resolve such problems, the present invention transmits compression information of the data packet header by signaling the corresponding compression information to the L1 signaling information and the L2 signaling information. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the present invention signals and transmits the compression information to the L2 signaling information. The L2 signaling information corresponds to the signaling information being transmitted to the common PLP.

Additionally, according to the embodiment of the present invention, header information of an IR packet, which is referred to when performing initialization/information update, is transmitted to the common PLP. At this point, all of the header information of the IR packet may be transmitted to the common PLP, or only a portion of the header information may be transmitted to the common PLP. In this case, the remaining portion of the header information may be transmitted to the data PLP. For example, among the header information of the IR packet, the static field information may be transmitted to the common PLP, and the dynamic field information may be transmitted to the data PLP.

More specifically, the data packets, which are compressed by using the RoHC method, may be recovered by the receiver to the state prior to be processed with compression, only when the header information of the IR packet exists. However, a broadcasting network that does not have any return channel is incapable of knowing when the IR packet is being received. Therefore, in order to constantly receive the header information of the IR packet, only the header information of the IR packet is transmitted to a separate common PLP.

Meanwhile, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the compression information being signaled to the L2 signaling information includes at least one of information indicating a compression method of the data packet header, context profile information, and context identifier information.

The information indicating a compression method of the data packet header will also be referred to as a header compression type (header_compression_type). According to the present invention, when the header_compression_type field value is equal to 0, this may signify that the header of the data packet is not compressed (no compression), and, when the header_compression_type field value is equal to 1, this may signify that the header of the data packet is compressed by using the RoHC method.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, the context profile information will be referred to as a context profile (context_profile) field, which indicates up to which protocol (or which layer) the compression has been performed, when performing compression on the header of the data packet. According to the embodiment of the present invention, when the context_profile field value is equal to 0, this may indicate that the data packet has an RoHC compression packet yet that the actual header information has not been compressed. And, when the context_profile field value is equal to 1, this may indicate that the header of the data packet has been compressed by using the RoHC method up to the RTP, up to the UDP, when the context_profile field value is equal to 2, up to the ESP, when the context_profile field value is equal to 3, and up to the IP, when the context_profile field value is equal to 4.

The context identifier information will also be referred to as a context identifier (context_id) field, which represents a context identifier identifying that the header of the data packet has been compressed. When the receiver groups and processes compressed data packets having the same context identifier, an IP stream may be configured.

Most particularly, according to the embodiment of the present invention, among the L2 signaling information being transmitted to the common PLP, the compression information is signaled to the IP information table. The compression information may be included in a field format within the IP information table, and may also be included in a specific descriptor of the IP information table. The compression information may be included in a field format even when being included in the specific descriptor.

The IP information table may correspond to an INT (IP/MAC notification table), which signals IP-PLP mapping information, and may correspond to another table. Additionally, an IP information table may be divided into section units, and the compression information may be signaled to one section.

FIG. 68 shows an example of the compression information being signal to an IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) of the IP information table. Additionally, the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) signals PLP information that matched with an IP stream, which is delivered to an IP address/port number being signals to a target_IP_address_descriptor( ) For simplicity in the description of the present invention, PLP information being matched with an IP address/port number of the IP stream and the IP stream will also be referred to as IP-PLP mapping (or link) information. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the PLP information includes at least one of a PLP profile (plp_profile), a PLP identifier (plp_id), and a system identifier. The PLP information may further include a PLP group identifier (plp_group_id).

The IP table information of FIG. 68 may correspond to the same table as the IP information table shown in FIG. 62, or may correspond to another table. Herein, since a target_IP_address_descriptor( ) and an IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) form a pair, by using this descriptor pair, the receiver may be capable of knowing to which PLP a specific IP stream is associated, and the descriptor pair may also gain compression information of the specific IP stream. Furthermore, based upon the acquired (or gained) compression information, the descriptor pair may perform decompression of the specific IP stream.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) includes a plp_profile field, a plp_id field, a system_id field, a header_compression_type field, a context_profile field, and a context_id field.

Since the plp_profile field and the plp_id field are identical to the plp_profile field and the plp_id field included in the L1 signaling information of FIG. 49, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity. More specifically, the plp_profile field and the plp_id field correspond to mapping (or link) information for connected the L1 signaling information and the L2 signaling information.

FIG. 69 illustrates a syntax structure providing a more detailed description of the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) shown in FIG. 68.

Referring to FIG. 69, according to the embodiment of the present invention, a descriptor_tag field is assigned with 8 bits and indicates that the corresponding descriptor is an IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ).

A descriptor_length field is assigned with 8 bits and indicates the size within the corresponding descriptor starting from this field up to the last field.

A descriptor_tag_extention field is assigned with 8 bits and indicates additional information enabling the corresponding descriptor to be identified as the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ).

A plp_profile field is assigned with 8 bits and may identify whether the corresponding PLP is a mandatory PLP or an optional PLP. The receiver may use the plp_profile field so as to determine in which receiver the component being transmitted to the current PLP is to be transmitted, based upon the receiver characteristic, such as mobile receiver, fixed-type receiver, and so on. And, then the receiver may determine whether or not to decode the current PLP based upon the receiver characteristic.

A plp_id field is assigned with 8 bits and indicates an identifier for identifying the corresponding PLP.

A system_id field is assigned with 16 bits and corresponds to a field that is used for identifying a broadcasting network specific system.

A header_compression_type field is assigned with 8 bits and indicates whether or not the header has been compressed. According to the embodiment of the present invention, when the header_compression_type field value is equal to 0, this indicates that compression has not been performed on the header (no compression), and, when the header_compression_type field value is equal to 1, this indicates the header has been compressed by using the RoHC method.

A context_profile field is assigned with 8 bits and indicates up to which protocol (or which layer) the compression has been performed, when performing compression on the header of the data packet. According to the present invention, when the context_profile field value is equal to 0, this may indicate that the data packet has an RoHC compression packet yet that the actual header information has not been compressed. And, according to the embodiment of the present invention, when the context_profile field value is equal to 1, this may indicate that the header of the data packet has been compressed by using the RoHC method up to the RTP, up to the UDP, when the context_profile field value is equal to 2, up to the ESP, when the context_profile field value is equal to 3, and up to the IP, when the context_profile field value is equal to 4.

The context_id field is assigned with 8 bits and indicates a context identifier for identifying that the header of the data packet has been compressed.

As described above, the header information of the IR packet may be transmitted to the common PLP. At this point, the header information of the IR packet may be collectively signaled and transmitted to an IP information table to which compression information is being transmitted, or the header information of the IR packet may be signaled and transmitted to another table.

When the header information of the IR packet is signaled to a table other than the IP information table, the corresponding table will be referred to as an IRT (Initiation & Refresh Table).

As shown in FIG. 68, the IRT according to the present invention includes an IR_packet_header_byte( ) field, which is repeated as many times as the values of the context_profile field, the context_id field, and the header_length field, so as to transmit the header information of the IR packet.

The header_length field indicates the size of the header information of the IR packet, which is being transmitted to the IR_packet_header_byte( ).

The context_profile field and the context_id field are respectively assigned with the same values of each of the context_profile field and the context_id field, which are signaled to the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) of the IP information table. More specifically, the context profile and the context identifier correspond to mapping (i.e., link) information connecting the IP information table to the IRT. Therefore, the receiver may use the context profile and the context identifier, so as to be capable of acquiring compression information of a specific IP stream from the IP information table and acquiring IR packet header information from the IRT. The present invention may also use only the context identifier, so as to connect the IP information table and the IRT.

The header information of the IR packet being transmitted to the IR_packet_header_byte( ) field may include both the static field information and the dynamic field information, or may include any one of the static field information and the dynamic field information. For example, the static field information may be transmitted to the IR_packet_header_byte( ) field and the dynamic field information may be transmitted to the corresponding component PLP.

Meanwhile, the header information of the IR packet may be signaled to the IP information table along with the compression information.

As another embodiment of the present invention, FIG. 70 illustrates a syntax structure of an IP information table having header information of an IR packet be signaled along with compression information. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) of the IP information table shown in FIG. 70 includes a plp_profile field, a plp_id field, a system_id field, a header_compression_type field, a context_profile field, a context_id field, and an IR_packet_header_byte( ) field. More specifically, header information of the IR packet exists in each context.

For the description of each field shown in FIG. 70, reference may be made to the description of the fields having the same title shown in FIG. 62 and FIG. 68. Therefore, the detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

As shown in FIG. 70, if the compression information and the header information of the IR packet are collectively transmitted through the IP information table, the receiver is not required to additionally search for the header information of the IR Packet. However, the size of the IP information table may become larger.

FIG. 71 illustrates a syntax structure showing the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) of FIG. 70 in more detail. Herein, an IR_packet_header_byte( ) field, which is repeated as many times as the value of the header_length (header_length) field, so as to transmit header information of the IR packet, is added to the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) shown in FIG. 69. With the exception for such addition of the IR_packet_header_byte( ) field, the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) of FIG. 70 is identical to the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) shown in FIG. 69.

The present invention may signal compression information to the L1 signaling information, so that the receiver can respond to the compressed IP stream.

At this point, the compression information may be signaled to the L1 signaling information by adding a new field in the L1 signaling information.

According to an embodiment of the present invention, a PLP_PAYLOAD_TYPE field, which indicates the type of a PLP payload, is used for additionally signaling the compression information. For example, IP compressed and GSE compressed modes are added to the PLP_PAYLOAD_TYPE field, so that the receiver can identify whether the type of the data included in the PLP payload corresponds to any one of GFPS, GCS, GSE, TS, IP, IP compressed, and GSE compressed, by referring to the PLP_PAYLOAD_TYPE field. By performing such signaling, the receiver may be capable of identifying whether or not a stream, which is extracted during the decoding of the PLP, has been compressed, thereby being capable of determining whether or not a decompressing unit (or RoHC decoder) should be applied.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, the above-described compression of the header included in the data packet is performed by the input pre-processor of the broadcast transmitting apparatus. In the description of the present invention, a block that is used for compressing the header of the data packet will be referred to as a header compressing unit (or RoHC encoder).

If the header compressing unit is applied to the input pre-processor shown in FIG. 11, the header compressing unit may be provided at the inputting end of the UDP/IP filter (106010), or may be provided at the outputting end of the UDP/IP filter (106010). In case the header compressing unit is provided at the inputting end of the UDP/IP filter (106010), an IP stream corresponding to a service is inputted to the header compressing unit, wherein the header included in each data packet configuring the IP stream is compressed. Thereafter, the header-compressed data packets are inputted to the UDP/IP filer (106010), so as to be filtered for each component. At this point, if the broadcast receiving apparatus of FIG. 38 is used, the header decompressing (or decompression) unit, which performs decompressing on the header-compressed data packets, may be provided at the outputting end of the buffer unit (220700). Herein, the header decompressing unit includes an RoHC decoder.

In another example, if the header compressing unit is provided at the outputting end of the UDP/IP filter (106010), the header compressing unit performs header compression on the data packets, which are filtered for each component. In this case, the header decompressing unit of the receiver may be provided between the BBF decoder (220600) and the buffer unit (220700).

At this point, among the data packets that are header-compressed by the header compressing unit, the header information of the IR-DYN packet, FO packet, and SO packet are transmitted through the corresponding component PLP. Conversely, among the compressed packets, at least a portion of the header information included in the IR packet is transmitted through a common PLP. At this point, the data being transmitted to the payload of the IR packet may be transmitted through the corresponding component PLP. If only a portion of the header information included in the IR packet is transmitted to the common PLP, the remaining header information may be transmitted through the corresponding component PLP. And, the compression information is transmitted through the common PLP.

FIG. 72 illustrates a block diagram showing the structure of a portion of an input-pre-processor, which is used for compressing data packets, according to an embodiment of the present invention. Herein, FIG. 72 shows an example wherein a header compressing unit is provided as the outputting end of the UDP/IP filter (106010).

Referring to FIG. 72, a number of header compressing units (700301˜700304) corresponding to the number of common PLPs and component PLPs is provided as the outputting end of the UDP/IP filter (106010), so that compression may be performed on the header of the corresponding data packet, which is being filtered from the UDP/IP filter (106010), by using the RoHC method.

At this point, among the compressed data packets, each of the header compressing units (700301˜700304) outputs header information of the IR packet and compression information to an information merger (700200), and, then, each of the header compressing units (700301˜700304) outputs header information of the IR_DYN, FO, and SO packets to the respective GSE encapsulating module, so that the corresponding header information can be transmitted to the respective component PLP. Herein, the GSE encapsulating module is optional. And, a component merger may be further included at the inputting end or the outputting end of each of the header compressing units (700301˜700304). Reference may be made to FIG. 11 for the detailed description of the component merger, and, therefore, a detailed description of the same will be omitted herein.

Furthermore, an IP service controller, an IP service information decoder, an IP service information correcting/generating module, and an IP stream merger are also provided in FIG. 72. However, the corresponding blocks are not shown in the drawing. Reference may be made to FIG. 11 for the detailed description of each block.

At this point, an IP-PLP link information generating unit (700100) generates IP-PLP mapping information, which includes an IP address/port number transmitting each IP stream and PLP information matching with the IP stream. The information merger (700200) merges the IP-PLP mapping information, which is generated by the IP-PLP link information generating unit (700100), with the compression information being outputted from each header compressing unit (700301˜700304) and the header information of the IR packet. Thereafter, the information merger (700200) outputs the merged information to the TS encapsulating module (700400), thereby signaling the merged information to at least one table (or section) of the L2 signaling information.

Herein, the compression information and the header information of the IR packet may each be signaled to a different table (or section), as shown in FIG. 68, or may be signaled to the same table (or section), as shown in FIG. 70. If each of the compression information and the header information of the IR packet is signaled to a different table (or section), as shown in FIG. 68, at least one of a context profile information and a context identifier may be used as link information for connecting the two different tables.

If the header compressing unit according to the present invention is applied to the broadcasting transmitting apparatus shown in FIG. 11, the IP-PLP link information generating unit (700100) and the information merger (700200) may be separately provided, or the functions of the IP-PLP link information generating unit (700100) and the information merger (700200) may be performed by at least one of an IP service controller (106020), an IP service information decoder (106030), an IP service information correcting/generating module (106040), and an IP stream merger (106050). This may be identically applied in FIG. 72. Reference may be made to FIG. 11 for the parts that are not described in FIG. 72.

FIG. 73 illustrates a flow chart showing an input pre-processing method including header compression according to the present invention.

More specifically, the IP service controller of the input pre-processor (100000) may set up (or determine) a UDP/IP filter (106010) based upon an IP address/port number, so that the data packets of the inputted IP stream can be filtered for each component, thereby being outputted (S701010).

At this point, the input pre-processor (100000) performs other operations in accordance with the component type of the data packet (S701020).

If the component type corresponds to IP service information, i.e., if the component type corresponds to common PLP data, the input pre-processor (100000) may determine whether or not the IP service is required to be corrected (S701030). Then, when it is determined that correction is required, the corresponding IP service information (ESG information, bootstrap information, provider information, and so on) is generated or corrected (S701040). Thereafter, by using an IP stream merger, diverse IP service information that are to be included in the data, which are transmitted to the common PLP, are merged (S701060).

If the component type does not correspond to IP service information, i.e., if the component type corresponds to component PLP data, the input pre-processor (100000) may set up (or determine) a physical PLP parameter based upon a component type, so that the determined physical PLP parameter can be signaled to the L1/L2 signaling information (S701050). In other words, the input pre-processor (100000) may signal information on a component PLP structure to the L1/L2 signaling information, so that the receiver can process the component PLP corresponding to the respective service in accordance with the component structure of the present invention.

Subsequently, the UDP/IP filter (106010) performs header compression by using the RoHC compression method on the data packets, which are filtered for each component (S701070). Herein, among the compression information and the compressed data packets, the header information of the IR packet is signaled to at least one table (or section) being transmitted to the common PLP. At this point, IP-PLP mapping information is also signaled along with the compression information. And, among the compressed data packets, the header information of the IR_DYN packet, the FO packet, and the SO packet are respectively mapped to the corresponding component PLP.

If the output data format corresponds to a GSE stream, GSE encapsulation may be performs on the PLP data, which are processed in accordance with the component type. If the data output format corresponds to an IP stream, this process step may be omitted.

The output of the input pre-processor (100000) is outputted to the input processor (100100) (S701090).

Meanwhile, if the data packets having the respective header compressed by performing the above-described header compression procedure are transmitted, after passing through the input processor (100100), the BICM module (100200), the frame builder (100300), and the OFDM generator (100400), the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus may perform header decompression based upon the IP-PLP mapping information, the compression information, and so on, which are included in the L2 signaling information, the L2 signaling information being transmitted through the L1 signaling information, the common PLP, and so on.

If the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus is identical to that shown in FIG. 26, the header decompression of the data packets is performed by the output processor (138400). And, if the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus is identical to that shown in FIG. 38, the decompression of the data packets is performed at the outputting end of the BBF decoder (220600) or the outputting end of the buffer unit (220700).

At this point, among the compressed data packets, since the header information of the IR packet are received by the common PLP, and since the header information of the remaining packets are received by the corresponding component PLP, the header information of the IR packet should be merged with the corresponding component PLP prior to performing decompression on the data packets.

Whether or not the header of the data packets being transmitted to the component PLP has been compressed may be known by using at least one of the L1 signaling information and the L2 signaling information. For example, whether or not the header of the data packets being transmitted to the corresponding component PLP may be verified based upon the PLP_PAYLOAD_TYPE field value of the L1 signaling information and/or the header_compression_type field value of the L2 signaling information.

At this point, the component PLP, which is to be merged with the header information of the IR packet, may be selected based upon the IP-PLP mapping information, which is signaled to the IP information table of the L2 signaling information. More specifically, an IP stream having an IP address/port number, which is signaled to the target_IP_address_descriptor( ) may be known by using the PLP information of the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) i.e., PLP profile information and PLP identifier, which is paired with the target_IP_address_descriptor( ).

Header information of the IR packet, which is received by the common PLP is merged with a component PLP, which is selected based upon the IP-PLP mapping information. Then, decompression is performed on the header of the data packets, which is included in the component PLP being merged with the header information of the IR packet, thereby recovering the data packets to their initial states prior to being compressed. The decompression is performed based upon compression information, which is signaled to and received by the IP/MAC_location_descriptor( ) of the common PLP.

FIG. 74 shows an example of gaining header information of the IR packet from an IRT having the same value as the context profile information and context identifier of the IP information table, so as to merge the gained header information with the corresponding component PLP, when the IP-PLP mapping information and compression information are signaled to and received by the IP information table, and when the header information of the IR packet is signaled to and received by the IRT. Herein, the component PLP is selected based upon the IP-PLP mapping information.

FIG. 75 shows an example of merging the header information of the IR packet with the corresponding component PLP, when the IP-PLP mapping information, the compression information, and the header information of the IR packet are all signaled to and received by the IP information table. At this point, header information of the IR packet is not required to be additionally searched. Similarly, the component PLP is selected based upon the IP-PLP mapping information.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, the process of merging the header information of the IR packet, which is received by the common PLP, to the corresponding component PLP is performed by a decompressing unit. Additionally, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the decompressing unit further includes an RoHC decoder performing decompression on the data packets of the component PLP, which is merged with the header information of the IR packet, by using an inverse method of the RoHC compressing method.

FIG. 76 illustrates a block diagram showing the structure of the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus according to yet another embodiment of the present invention, wherein a header decompressing unit (710090) is provided between a BBF decoder (710080) and a buffer unit (710100). More specifically, FIG. 76 corresponds to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention respective to when a header compressing unit of the broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus is provided at the outputting end of the UDP/IP filter (106010). If the header compressing unit is provided at the inputting end of the UDP/IP filter (106010), the header decompressing unit (710090) is provided at the outputting end of the buffer unit (710100).

Referring to FIG. 76, with the exception for an L2 scanning information generating unit (710060) and a header decompressing unit (710090), the operation processes of the remaining blocks are identical to those of the identical blocks included in the broadcasting signal receiving apparatus shown in FIG. 38. Therefore, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

The L2 scanning information generating unit (710060) extracts IP-PLP mapping information and compression information from the L2 signaling information, which is received by the common PLP, and then outputs the extracted information to the header decompressing unit (710090). Additionally, the L2 scanning information generating unit (710060) outputs the header information of the IR packet, which is received by the common PLP, to the header decompressing unit (710090). For example, if the IP-PLP mapping information and the compression information are signaled to and received by the IP information table, and if the header information of the IR packet is signaled to and received by the IRT, header information of the IR packet is extracted from an IRT having the same values as the context profile information and context identifier of the IP information table, thereby being outputted.

The header decompressing unit (710090) selects a component PLP that is to be merged with the header information of the IR packet based upon the inputted IP-PLP mapping information. Then, the header decompressing unit (710090) merges the header information of the IR packet to the selected component PLP. Thereafter, the header decompressing unit (710090) performs decompression on the header of each data packet included in the component PLP, which is merged with the header information of the IR packet, based upon the compression information, thereby recovering the data packets to a state prior to being processed with compression.

Then, among the PSI/SI (IP service information) buffer, the bootstrap buffer, the metadata buffer, the audio buffer, the video buffer, and the data buffer of the buffer unit (710100), the PLP data that are decompressed by the header decompressing unit (710090) are outputted to any one of the corresponding buffer via switching. Reference may be made to the description of FIG. 38 for the processing of the PLP data, wherein header compression is not performed.

FIG. 77 illustrates an exemplary multiplexing structure of a T2 frame and an NGH frame according to an embodiment of the present invention.

According to the present invention, video data may be encoded by using a SVC (Scalable Video Coding) method, so as to divide the encoded video data to video data of a base layer (or base layer video data) and video data of an enhancement layer (or enhancement layer video data) and to transmit the divided video data. And, one transmission frame may include a broadcast service of the base layer or a broadcast service of the enhancement layer. In the present invention, a transmission frame may include a TS frame or an NGH frame. The T2 transmission frame may include data corresponding to the base layer, and the NGH frame may include at least one of data corresponding to the base layer and data corresponding to the enhancement layer.

As shown in FIG. 77, the present invention proposes a multiplexing structure for multiplexing the T2 frame and NGH frame including the base layer or enhancement layer of an NGH broadcast service according to two different embodiments of the present invention.

Among the blocks shown in FIG. 77, the colored blocks indicate the T2 frame, and the non-colored blocks indicate the NGH frame. The horizontal axis of the transmission frame indicates the time domain, and the T2 frame and the NGH frame may be separately transmitted (or divided and transmitted) in accordance with a predetermined time interval. The alphabet B marked inside each block indicates the base layer of a broadcast service, and the alphabet E indicates the enhancement layer of the same broadcast service of the base layer.

Hereinafter, in accordance with each embodiment of the present invention, the respective frame structure, buffer size, zapping time, and a transmission parameter will be described in detail.

First Embodiment

As shown in (1) of FIG. 77, the first embodiment of the present invention illustrates a multiplexing structure of an NGH frame including the base layer and enhancement layer of an NGH broadcast service and a T2 frame including a base layer of the NGH frame.

In this case, one NGH frame (777110) and two T2 frames (777120, 777130) are processed as a single multiplexing unit (777100), so as to be multiplexed. Accordingly, the receiver may collectively receive a base layer and an enhancement layer through the NGH frame (777110), and, thereafter, the receiver may receive the base layer through the T2 frames (777120, 777130). More specifically, when a high picture quality image is being provided from the transmitting end, since the receiving end is required to receive once again the NGH frame (777140) including both the base layer and the enhancement layer after a maximum of two frames, the required buffer size may be equivalent to a data size corresponding to two frames.

Additionally, according to the first embodiment of the present invention, when receiving an NGH frame (777110) including the base layer of the NGH broadcast service, and, thereafter, since the T2 frame (777120) including the base layer of the same NGH broadcast service may be immediately received, a zapping time for receiving the base layer of the same NGH broadcast service becomes shorter.

Furthermore, since the T2 frames (777120, 777130) include the base layer of the NGH service, a transmission parameter of the T2 frame may include transmission information of the NGH broadcast service, which is required by the receiver for receiving the NGH broadcast service.

Second Embodiment

As shown in (2) of FIG. 77, the second embodiment of the present invention has the same multiplexing structure and the first embodiment of the present invention. However, the difference between the first embodiment and the second embodiment of the present invention, is that, in the multiplexing structure according to the second embodiment of the present, the base layer and the enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service are collectively transmitted only through a single NGH frame.

In this case, one NGH frame (777210) and two T2 frames (777220, 777230) may be processed as a single multiplexing unit (777200), thereby being multiplexed.

Accordingly, the receiver may collectively receive the base layer and the enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service through the NGH frame (777210), and, after the two frames, the receiver may then receive once again an NGH frame (777240) transmitting the base layer and the enhancement layer of the same NGH broadcast service. More specifically, when a high picture quality image is being provided from the transmitting end, the receiving end may receive only the NGH frames (777210, 777240) including the base layer and the enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service, and, since the receiving end is not required to receive the T2 frames (777210, 777240), the buffering size may be equivalent to the data size corresponding to a maximum of 1 frame.

Additionally, when receiving an NGH broadcast service according to the second embodiment of the present invention, since the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is transmitted only through the NGH frame (777210), and, since a zapping time of approximately 2 frames is consumed in order to receive one again the NGH frame (777240) including the base layer of the same NGH broadcast service, the zapping time becomes longer than that of the zapping time according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Additionally, according to the second embodiment of the present invention, since only the NGH frames (777210, 777240) include the base layer and enhancement layer of the NGH service, the transmission parameter of the T2 frame is not required to include transmission information of the NGH broadcast service, which is required by the receiver to receive the NGH broadcast service. Therefore, separate correction is not required to be made on the transmission parameter of the T2 frame.

As described above with reference to FIG. 77, when the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is transmitted through the T2 frame and the NGH frame, and when the enhancement layer is transmitted only through the NGH frame, or when the base layer and the enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service are transmitted only through the NGH frame, in order to recover one NGH broadcast service, the receiver requires SVC information, which is related to whether or not SVC has been used with respect to the current NGH broadcast service, and hybrid (HYBRID_BEARER) information, which is related to whether or not the NGH broadcast service is being transmitted by collectively using the T2 frame and the NGH frame.

The SVC information and the hybrid information may be transmitted through the L1 signaling information region or L2 signaling information region of the NGH frame.

When the corresponding information is transmitted through the L1 signaling information region of the NGH frame, the same signaling method may be applied when the broadcast signal is in a TS format or in an IP format. However, when the corresponding information is being transmitted through the L2 signaling information region of the NGH frame, a different signaling method may be required with respect to whether the broadcast signal is configured in a TS format or an IP format.

Hereinafter, detailed description on the signaling method according to three different embodiments of the present invention will be provided in accordance to the case when the SVC information and the hybrid information are being transmitted through the L1 signaling information region or the L2 signaling information region.

A first embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method, which transmits the SVC information and the hybrid information through the L1 signaling information region, when the broadcast signal is transmitted in a TS format or an IP format.

A second embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method, which transmits the SVC information and the hybrid information through the L2 signaling information region, when the broadcast signal is transmitted in a TS format.

A third embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method, which transmits the SVC information and the hybrid information through the L2 signaling information region, when the broadcast signal is transmitted in an IP format. Each embodiment will be briefly described as shown below.

The first embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method enabling the receiver to verify whether or not SVC has been used and whether or not a T2 frame has been used by using the SVC information and the hybrid information, which are received through the L1 signaling information region, and to merge multiple PLPs of the T2 frame and the NGH frame, which are included in the same PLP group, by using a correlation between the PLP group and the respective service, thereby recovering a single transport stream. In this case, since the SVC information and the hybrid information are transmitted through the L1 signaling information region, this method may be applied regardless of whether the format of the broadcast signal corresponds to the TS format or to the IP format.

The second embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a signaling method enabling the receiver to verify whether or not SVC has been used and whether or not a T2 frame has been used by using the SVC information and the hybrid information, which are received through the NIT being included in the L2 signaling information region, and to merge multiple PLPs of the T2 frame and the NGH frame, which are included in the same PLP group, by using a correlation between the PLP group and the respective service, thereby recovering a single transport stream.

Although the third embodiment of the present invention is identical to the second embodiment of the present invention, the third embodiment of the present invention is different from the second embodiment of the present invention in that the receiver uses the SVC information and the hybrid information, which are received through the ESG being included in the L2 signaling information region.

Hereinafter each embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail.

FIG. 78 to FIG. 80 collectively describe a first embodiment of the present invention.

FIG. 78 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing a procedure of grouping PLPs included in the NGH frame and the T2 frame transmitting the NGH broadcast service according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

As shown in FIG. 78, when the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is received through PLP 1 of the T2 frame, and when the base layer and the enhancement layer are received through PLP 1 and PLP 2 of the NGH frame, in order to recover one NGH broadcast service, the receiver requires information related to SVC and hybrid information.

Therefore, the L1 signaling information region of the NGH frame according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is shown in FIG. 78, may include SVC related information and hybrid information, i.e., a SCALABLE_TYPE field, a SCALABLE_LAYER field, a HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field, and so on. Additionally, when the broadcast signal is transmitted in the TS format, the L2 signaling information region may include an NIT, SDT, and so on, and when the broadcast signal is transmitted in the IP format, the L2 signaling information region may include an IP information table, an ESG, and so on. Hereinafter, a case when the broadcast signal is transmitted in the TS format according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail.

As shown in FIG. 78, the receiver may use the SVC related information and the hybrid information, which are included in the L1 signaling information region, so as to verify whether or not a broadcast service is being received through the T2 frame transmitting the base layer of the NGH broadcast service, thereby acquiring PLP information of the T2 frame, which transmits the base layer, e.g., PLP_ID, and so on.

Additionally, the receiver may identify a PLP being related with a specific TS by using the transport_stream_id field and the PLP_ID, which are included in the NIT, and the receiver may decode the PLPs having the same PLP_ID field value of the L1 signaling information region.

Most particularly, as shown in FIG. 51, the receiver may identify a PLP group, which is related with a specific TS, by using the transport_stream_id field and the PLP_GROUP_ID field, which are included in the NIT. Thereafter, the receiver may decode the PLPs having the same PLP_GROUP_ID field value of the L1 signaling information region. More specifically, the receiver may merge multiple PLPs, which are included in a PLP group that is related with a desired (or wanted) service, thereby being capable of recovering one TS.

Additionally, as shown in FIG. 57, the receiver may identify and select a base PLP by using the BASE_PLP_ID field, which is included in the NIT, and the receiver may decode the PMT, which is being transmitted through the base PLP. Also, the receiver may identify an identifier of the desired (or wanted) service through the service_id field, which is included in the SDT, and the receiver may also use the PLP_ID fields, which are included in the PMT, so as to be capable of decoding all of the PLPs that transmit the components included in the selected service. Moreover, the receiver may use the PLP_PROFILE field so as to decode a specific PLP in accordance with the receiver characteristics.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 62, in case the broadcast signal is configured in an IP format, the receiver may be aware of a IP stream/packet that is related with the PLP group, by using an IP_address_list( ) field and a PLP_GROUP_ID field of the IP information table. Thereafter, the receiver may merge service components each having the same PLP_GROUP_ID field values, which are included in the L1 signaling information region (516100), thereby being capable of recovering a service.

As shown in FIG. 78, when the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is transmitted through PLP 1 of the T2 frame, the L2 signaling information region of the T2 frame does not include signaling information, such as SDT, for decoding the PLP 1. Therefore, the T2 receiver may not decode the PLP 1, which transmits the base layer of the NGH broadcast service.

As described above, the first embodiment of the present invention, which is shown in FIG. 78, may be applied to any signaling method according to the first embodiment to the fourth embodiment of the present invention, which are described with reference to FIG. 51 to FIG. 64. However, as described above, the SVC related information and the hybrid information may be transmitted through the L1 signaling information region of the NGH frame, and the receiver may identify and detect such information firsthand.

FIG. 79 illustrates a syntax structure indicating in detail the L1 signaling information region shown in FIG. 78.

Since the L1 signaling information region includes information related to each of the plurality of PLPs, as shown in FIG. 48 to FIG. 50, i.e., since the L1 signaling information region includes fields that are identical to the PLP_GROUP ID field, the PLP_ID field, and so on, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

However, since the L1 signaling information region may further include a SCALABLE_TYPE field, a SCALABLE_LAYER field, and a HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field, the corresponding fields will hereinafter be described in detail.

The SCALABLE_TYPE field is a 3-bit field, which may indicate whether or not the SVC has been applied and may also indicate the SVC coding type.

The SCALABLE_LAYER field corresponds to a 2-bit field, which may indicate layer information of the SVC being transmitted through each PLP. According to the embodiment of the present invention, if the SCALABLE_LAYER field value is equal to ‘0’, this may indicate that only the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is being transmitted through the PLP. And, if the SCALABLE_LAYER field value is equal to ‘1’, this may indicate that an enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service is being transmitted through the PLP. And, if the SCALABLE_LAYER field value is equal to ‘0’, this may indicate that another enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service is being transmitted through the PLP.

The HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field corresponds to a 2-bit field, which may indicate whether or not the NGH broadcast service is being transmitted through both the T2 frame and the NGH frame. According to the embodiment of the present invention, if the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field value is equal to ‘0’, this may indicate that the NGH broadcast service is being transmitted only through the NGH frame. Accordingly, the receiver may use the signaling methods according to the first embodiment to the fourth embodiment of the present invention, which are described above with reference to FIG. 51 to FIG. 64, so as to selectively decode the PLP transmitting the base layer and the enhancement layer, which are included in the NGH frame.

According to yet another embodiment of the present invention, if the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field value is equal to ‘1’, this may indicate that the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is being transmitted through both the T2 frame and the NGH frame. In this case, a T2_SYSTEM_ID field and a T2_PLP_ID NGH field, which respectively indicating information of the PLP of the T2 frame transmitting the NGH broadcast service, may be further included in the L1 signaling region.

The T2_SYSTEM_ID field may indicate the T2 system being used for transmitting the NGH broadcast service.

The T2_PLP_ID field may indicate a PLP transmitting the base layer of the NGH broadcast service among the PLPs that are included in the T2 frame.

Accordingly, the receiver may identify the T2 system being used for transmitting the NGH broadcast service, and by using the signaling methods according to the first embodiment to the fourth embodiment of the present invention, which are described above with reference to FIG. 51 to FIG. 64, so as to selectively decode the PLP transmitting the base layer of the NGH broadcast service and the PLP transmitting the base layer and the enhancement layer, which are included in the NGH frame, among the plurality of PLPs that are included in the T2 frame.

The above-described fields and the significance of the given values are merely examples given to facilitate the understanding of the present invention. And, therefore, since the fields and the significance of the given values can be easily changed by anyone skilled in the art, the present invention will not be limited only to the embodiments that are described above.

FIG. 80 illustrates a flow chart showing a service scanning method of the receiver according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is described above with reference to FIG. 78.

The receiver receives a TS format broadcast signal, which is transmitted through a specific channel via tuning (S800100). In this case, in order to receive a service that is desired (or wanted) by the user, information that can identify a service being included in the transmission frame, which is being transmitted through the channel, are required. Although it is not shown in the drawing, this procedure may be performed by the tuner of the receiver and may be modified or altered in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

The receiver decodes the L1 signaling information, which is included in the NGH frame, so as to acquire and store SVC information, HYBRID_BEARER information, PLP ID, PLP group ID, system ID, and so on (S800150). Thereafter, the receiver identifies PLP groups based upon the decoded PLP group ID and decodes the L2 signaling information and the PLP including the PSI/SI (S800200). The receiver may decode the NIT and SDT, which are included in the decoded L2 signaling information, and may also decode the PAT/PMT, which is included in the PLP, and the receiver may also store service information that is associated with the NGH transmitting system and the PLP structure (S800250).

Subsequently, the receiver may determine whether or not SVC information respective to the current PLP exists in the decoded L1 signaling information (S800300). More specifically, the receiver may determine whether or not the current PLP is transmitting the base layer or enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service through the SCALABLE_TYPE field and the SCALABLE_LAYER field.

Based upon the determined result, when it is admitted that the SVC has been used, the receiver stores the SCALABLE_TYPE field information and the SCALABLE_LAYER field information (S800350), and the receiver may then determine whether or not hybrid information exists in the decoded L1 signaling information region (S800400). Based upon the determined result, when it is not admitted that the SVC has been used, the receiver does not store the SCALABLE_TYPE field information and the SCALABLE_LAYER field information, and, then, the receiver determines whether or not hybrid information exists in the L1 signaling information region (S800400).

More specifically, the receiver may determine whether or not a base layer of the NGH broadcast service is being transmitted through the T2 frame based upon the value of the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field, which is included in the L1 signaling information region.

Based upon the determined result, when the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field value is equal to ‘1’, since the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is transmitted through both the T2 frame and the NGH frame, the receiver stores information related to the PLP of the T2 frame, which transmits the base layer, i.e., the T2_SYSTEM_ID field and the T2_PLP_ID field (S800450).

Based upon the determined result, when the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field value is equal to ‘0’, since the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is not transmitted through the T2 frame, information related to the PLP of the T2 frame is also not transmitted. And, therefore, there is no information to be stored in the receiver.

Subsequently, the receiver may determine whether or not the currently selected PLP group corresponds to the last PLP group (S800500).

Based upon the determined result, if the selected PLP group does not correspond to the last PLP group, the receiver returns to step S800200, so as to select the next PLP group, and, then, when the newly selected next PLP group is determined to correspond to the last PLP group, the receiver may determine whether or not the current channel corresponds to the last channel (S800550).

Based upon the determined result, if the current channel does not correspond to the last channel, the receiver may return to step S800100, so as to tune to the next channel, and, then, when the newly tuned next channel is determined to correspond to the last channel, the receiver may use the stored service information so as to tune to a first service or a pre-set service (S800600).

FIG. 81 to FIG. 83 collectively describe a second embodiment of the present invention.

FIG. 81 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing a procedure of grouping PLPs included in the NGH frame and the T2 frame transmitting the NGH broadcast service according to the second embodiment of the present invention.

The signaling method according to the second embodiment of the present invention is different from the signaling method according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is described with reference to FIG. 78, in that the SVC information and the hybrid information are transmitted through the L2 signaling information region.

More specifically, the NIT being included in the L2 signaling information region according to the second embodiment of the present invention may include the SVC information and the hybrid information, i.e., the SCALABLE_TYPE field, SCALABLE_LAYER field, the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field, and so on.

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 81, the receiver may use the SVC related information and the hybrid information, which are included in the NIT of the L2 signaling information region, so that the base layer of NGH broadcast service can verify whether or not a broadcast service is being received through the T2 frame, and so that PLP information of the T2 frame transmitting the base layer can be acquired. Additionally, the receiver may identify a PLP group related with a specific TS by using the transport_stream_id field, the PLP_ID field, or the PLP_GROUP_ID field, which are included in the NIT, and the receiver may decode the PLPs having the same PLP_GROUP_ID field values.

As shown in FIG. 81, when the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is transmitted through PLP 1 of the T2 frame, the common PLP of the T2 frame does not include information, such as SDT, for decoding the PLP 1. Therefore, the T2 receiver may not decode the PLP 1, which transmits the base layer of the NGH broadcast service.

As described above, the second embodiment of the present invention, which is shown in FIG. 81, may be applied to any signaling method according to the first embodiment to the third embodiment of the present invention, which are described with reference to FIG. 51 to FIG. 61. However, as described above, the second embodiment of the present invention is different from the first embodiment of the present invention in that the SVC related information and the hybrid information may be transmitted through the L2 signaling information region of the NGH frame, and that the receiver may identify and detect such information firsthand.

FIG. 82 illustrates a syntax structure indicating in detail a delivery_system_descriptor included in the NIT, which is described above with reference to FIG. 81.

Since the NIT includes information related to each of the plurality of PLPs, as shown in FIG. 51, i.e., since the NIT includes fields that are identical to the PLP_GROUP ID field, the PLP_ID field, and so on, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity. Additionally, since the NIT may further include the SCALABLE_TYPE field, the SCALABLE_LAYER field, and the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field, which are described above with reference to FIG. 79, the detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

FIG. 83 illustrates a flow chart showing a service scanning method of the receiver according to the second embodiment of the present invention, which is described above with reference to FIG. 81.

The receiver receives a TS format broadcast signal, which is transmitted through a specific channel via tuning (S830100). In this case, in order to receive a service that is desired (or wanted) by the user, information that can identify a service being included in the transmission frame, which is being transmitted through the channel, are required. Although it is not shown in the drawing, this procedure may be performed by the tuner of the receiver and may be modified or altered in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

The receiver decodes the L1 signaling information, which is included in the NGH frame, so as to acquire and store PLP ID, PLP group ID, system ID, and so on (S830150). Thereafter, the receiver identifies PLP groups based upon the decoded PLP group ID and decodes the L2 signaling information and the PLP including the PSI/SI (S830200). The receiver may decode the NIT and SDT, which are included in the decoded L2 signaling information, and may also decode the PAT/PMT, which is included in the PLP, and the receiver may also store service information that is associated with the NGH transmitting system and the PLP structure (S830250).

Subsequently, the receiver may determine whether or not SVC information respective to the current PLP exists in the decoded NIT (S830300). More specifically, the receiver may determine whether or not the current PLP is transmitting the base layer or enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service through the SCALABLE_TYPE field and the SCALABLE_LAYER field.

Based upon the determined result, when it is admitted that the SVC has been used, the receiver stores the SCALABLE_TYPE field information and the SCALABLE_LAYER field information (S830350), and the receiver may then determine whether or not hybrid information exists in the decoded NIT (S830400).

Based upon the determined result, when it is not admitted that the SVC has been used, the receiver does not store the SCALABLE_TYPE field information and the SCALABLE_LAYER field information, and, then, the receiver determines whether or not hybrid information exists in the decoded NIT (S830400).

More specifically, the receiver may determine whether or not a base layer of the NGH broadcast service is being transmitted through the T2 frame based upon the value of the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field, which is included in the NIT.

Based upon the determined result, when the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field value is equal to ‘1’, since the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is transmitted through both the T2 frame and the NGH frame, the receiver stores information related to the PLP of the T2 frame, which transmits the base layer, i.e., the T2_SYSTEM_ID field and the T2_PLP_ID field (S830450).

Based upon the determined result, when the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field value is equal to ‘0’, since the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is not transmitted through the T2 frame, information related to the PLP of the T2 frame is also not transmitted. And, therefore, there is no information to be stored in the receiver.

Subsequently, the receiver may determine whether or not the currently selected PLP group corresponds to the last PLP group (S830500).

Based upon the determined result, if the selected PLP group does not correspond to the last PLP group, the receiver returns to step S830200, so as to select the next PLP group, and, then, when the newly selected next PLP group is determined to correspond to the last PLP group, the receiver may determine whether or not the current channel corresponds to the last channel (S830550).

Based upon the determined result, if the current channel does not correspond to the last channel, the receiver may return to step S830100, so as to tune to the next channel, and, then, when the newly tuned next channel is determined to correspond to the last channel, the receiver may use the stored service information so as to tune to a first service or a pre-set service (S830600).

FIG. 84 to FIG. 86 collectively describe a third embodiment of the present invention.

FIG. 84 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing a procedure of grouping PLPs included in the NGH frame and the T2 frame transmitting the NGH broadcast service according to the third embodiment of the present invention.

The signaling method according to the third embodiment of the present invention is similar to the signaling method according to the second embodiment of the present invention, which is described with reference to FIG. 82, in that the SVC information and the hybrid information are transmitted through the L2 signaling information region. However, the signaling method according to the third embodiment of the present invention is different from the signaling method according to the second embodiment of the present invention in that the broadcast signal is being transmitted in an IP format.

More specifically, according to the third embodiment of the present invention, the ESG may be received through ESG entry information, which is included in the L2 signaling information region. However, as described in FIG. 62 to FIG. 64, the ESG may also be received through an interactive channel. This is a detail that can be changed and modified in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

Additionally, the ESG may include location information for the access of the NGH broadcast service, and the ESG may further include location information for the access of the SVC information and the hybrid information, i.e., the SCALABLE_TYPE field, the SCALABLE_LAYER field, and the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field.

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 84, the receiver may receive the ESG through an IP stream of the L2 signaling information region, and the receiver may use may use the access information respective to the SVC information and the hybrid information, which are included in the ESG, so as that the base layer of the NGH broadcast service can verify whether or not the broadcast service is being transmitted through the T2 frame, and so that PLP information of the T2 frame transmitting the base layer can be acquired. Then, the receiver may acquire information on a service IP address and a PLP_GORUP_ID address of the ESG and may merge the PLPs being included in the same PLP group, so as to recover one service.

The third embodiment of the present invention, shown in FIG. 84, may be applied to the fourth embodiment of the present invention, which are described above with reference to FIG. 62 to FIG. 64. However, as described above, the SVC related information and the hybrid information may be transmitted through the ESG of the NGH frame, and the receiver may identify and detect such information firsthand.

FIG. 85 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing the ESG, which is described in FIG. 84.

The ESG may include access location information of the service, and the access location information of the service may include NGH location information for the access of the NGH service. The NGH location information includes information of a stream transmitting the NGH broadcast signal and, most particularly, the NGH location information may include attribute information, SVC information, and hybrid information.

The attribute information may include may include information related to each of the plurality of PLPs, i.e., the PLP_GROUP ID field, the PLP_ID field, and so on, as described in FIG. 51. Therefore, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

The SVC information may include the SCALABLE_TYPE field and the SCALABLE_LAYER field, and the hybrid information may include a T2_SYSTEM_ID field and a T2_PLP_ID field as the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field in accordance with the value of the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field. Since the above-described field is identical to that of FIG. 79, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

FIG. 86 illustrates a flow chart showing a service scanning method according to the third embodiment of the present invention, which is described above with reference to FIG. 84.

The receiver receives an IP format broadcast signal via tuning (S860100). In this case, in order to receive a service that is desired (or wanted) by the user, information corresponding to a service being included in the transmission frame, which is being transmitted through the channel, are required. Although it is not shown in the drawing, this procedure may be performed by the tuner of the receiver and may be modified or altered in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

The receiver decodes the L1 signaling information, which is included in the NGH frame, so as to acquire PLP ID, PLP group ID, and so on (S860150).

Thereafter, the receiver selects the L2 signaling information region (or common PLP) and decodes the L2 signaling information, thereby being capable of acquiring the ESG, which is included in the L2 signaling information (S860200). More specifically, as described above with reference to FIG. 62, the receiver may decode the IP information table, which is included in the L2 signaling information region, so as to acquire an IP address of the ESG, thereby being capable of receiving the ESG through an IP stream, which is included in the L2 signaling information region. This is a detail that may be modified and changed in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

Thereafter, the receiver may store service information, which is related with information on the transmitting system and the PLP structure, and ESG (S860250). The service information according to the present invention may include a service IP address, a component IP address, and so on.

Subsequently, the receiver may determine whether or not SVC information is included in the access location information of the service, which is included in the ESG (S860300). More specifically, the receiver may determine whether or not the current PLP is transmitting the base layer or enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service through the SCALABLE_TYPE field and the SCALABLE_LAYER field of the SVC information, which is included in the NGH location information.

Based upon the determined result, when it is admitted that the SVC has been used, the receiver stores the SCALABLE_TYPE field information and the SCALABLE_LAYER field information (S860350), and the receiver may then determine whether or not hybrid information hybrid information exists in the access location information of the service, which is included in the ESG (S860400). Based upon the determined result, when it is not admitted that the SVC has been used, the receiver does not store the SCALABLE_TYPE field information and the SCALABLE_LAYER field information, and, then, the receiver may determine whether or not hybrid information hybrid information exists in the access location information of the service, which is included in the ESG (S860400).

More specifically, the receiver may determine whether or not a base layer of the NGH broadcast service is being transmitted through the T2 frame based upon the value of the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field, which is included in the NGH location information.

Based upon the determined result, when the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field value is equal to ‘1’, since the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is transmitted through both the T2 frame and the NGH frame, the receiver stores information related to the PLP of the T2 frame, which transmits the base layer, i.e., the T2_SYSTEM_ID field and the T2_PLP_ID field (S860450).

Based upon the determined result, when the HYBRID_BEARER_MODE_INDICATOR field value is equal to ‘0’, since the base layer of the NGH broadcast service is not transmitted through the T2 frame, information related to the PLP of the T2 frame is also not transmitted. And, therefore, there is no information to be stored in the receiver.

Subsequently, the receiver may determine whether or not the current channel corresponds to the last channel (S860500).

Based upon the determined result, if the current channel does not correspond to the last channel, the receiver may return to step S860100, so as to tune to the next channel, and, then, when the newly tuned next channel is determined to correspond to the last channel, the receiver may use the stored service information so as to tune to a first service or a pre-set service (S860550).

When an NGH broadcast service using the SVC method is being transmitted, a signaling method enabling the SVC related information respective to each component of the broadcast service to be transmitted and enabling backward compatibility to be realized with the T2 frame will hereinafter be described in detail.

FIG. 87 to FIG. 90 collectively describe a case when the broadcast signal is configured in a TS format.

FIG. 87 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing a procedure for identifying a PLP by using a Hierarachy_descriptor, which is included in the PMT, and for selectively decoding the identified PLP.

According to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is described in FIG. 78, and the second embodiment of the present invention, which is described in FIG. 81, the receiver may scan a channel, may decode a common PLP, which is included in the L2 signaling information region, so as to acquire an NIT, which is included in the decoded common PLP, and may acquire mapping information between the TS and the PLP or PLP group (LLP) from the acquired NIT. In this case, the receiver may use the acquired information so as to select a channel, and may select a PID and may select a PLP corresponding to the selected PID, so as to decode a wanted (or desired) PLP. At this point, as described above with reference to FIG. 54 and FIG. 55, since the PMT indicates the types of the streams being included in each service, or since the PMT include elementary PID information identifying the streams, the receiver may use the PMT so as to connect the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field of the L1 signaling information with the TS, thereby being capable of identifying the corresponding TS.

More specifically, as described in FIG. 51, the receiver may identify a PLP group, which is related with a specific TS, by using the transport_stream_id field and the PLP_GROUP_ID field, which are included in the NIT. Thereafter, the receiver may decode the PLPs having the same PLP_GROUP_ID field values of the L1 signaling information group. More specifically, the receiver may merge a plurality of PLPs being included in a PLP group (LLP), which is related with a desired (or wanted) service, thereby recovering a TS.

Additionally, as described in FIG. 57, the receiver may use the BASE_PLP_ID field, which is included in the NIT, so as to identify and select a base PLP, and the receiver may then decode a PMT, which is being transmitted through the base PLP. Moreover, the receiver may identify an identifier of a desired (or wanted) service by using the service_id field, which is included in the SDT, and then, the receiver may use the PLP_ID field, which are included in the PMT, so as to decode all of the PLPs transmitting the components, which are included in the selected service, and the receiver may also use the PLP_PROFILE field, so as to decoder a specific PLP in accordance with the receiver characteristic.

Most particularly, the PMT may include a component_id_descriptor in order to identify a substream being transmitted through each PLP and to identify the component type of the substream.

However, when transmitting an NGH broadcast signal using the SVC method, in order to process the service component, which is included in each PLP, SVC related information of a component, which is being transmitted through each PLP, e.g., information related to the SVC coding information, the channel information, and so on, should also be transmitted along with the signal.

Therefore, according to an embodiment of the present invention, a Hierarachy_descriptor for identifying hierarchically coded components within program elements of an NGH broadcast service, which is included in each PLP, is transmitted through the PMT.

The Hierarachy_descriptor corresponds to a descriptor for indicating a correlation between the SVC and the base layer and the enhancement layer.

The receiver may use the component_id_descriptor and the Hierarachy_descriptor, which are included in the PMT, so as to identify each PLP being indicated by the PLP_ID field and to acquire information on the base layer or enhancement layer, which is included in each PLP, thereby selectively processing the acquired information.

More specifically, as shown in FIG. 87, the receiver may decode the PAT, so as to acquire PID information of a PMT corresponding to Program 1 and Program 2, and then, the receiver may use the PID information of the PMT, so as to decode PMT1 and PMT 2. Thereafter, the receiver may decode PMT 1 and PMT 2, so as to acquire the corresponding PID for each substream type and to determine whether the corresponding substream is a base layer substream or an enhancement layer substream by using the Hierarachy_descriptor.

FIG. 88 illustrates a syntax indicating in detail a Hierarachy_descriptor included in the PMT according to an embodiment of the present invention.

As described in FIG. 54, the PMT may include a component_id_descriptor, and the PMT may further include a Hierarachy_descriptor.

In this case, a PID loop of the PMT may include the Hierarachy_descriptor. Additionally, the component_id_descriptor may include the Hierarachy_descriptor, and, alternatively, the Hierarachy_descriptor may include the component_id_descriptor. This may be changed and modified in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

Each field included in the Hierarchy descriptor, which is shown in FIG. 87, will hereinafter be described in detail.

A descriptor_tag field is an 8-bit field, which corresponds to an identifier identifying the Hierarchy_descriptor.

A descriptor_length field is an 8-bit field, which indicates a number of bytes included in the corresponding descriptor.

A hierarchy_type field corresponds to a 2-bit field, which may indicate a correlated between a hierarchical layer and an embedded layer of the hierarchical layer. More specifically, the hierarchical layer refers to a base layer or enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service, and a plurality of enhancement layers may be provided. An embedded layer refers to a layer that should be decoded beforehand in order to decode a specific hierarchical layer. In case of the SVC method, the embedded layer essentially corresponds to the base layer, and the embedded layer may also correspond to the enhancement layer.

A hierarchy_layer_index field corresponds to a 6-bit field, which may indicate an index being related with the hierarchical layer.

A hierarchy_embedded_layer_index field corresponds to a 6-bit field, which may indicate an index related with the embedded layer.

A hierarchy_channel field corresponds to a G-bit field, which may indicate each channel number corresponding to a case when the hierarchical layer and the embedded layer are each transmitted through a different channel.

The above-described fields and respective meanings correspond to exemplary embodiments that are given to facilitate the understanding of the present invention. And, since such fields and respective meanings can be easily changed and modified by anyone skilled in the art, the present invention will not be limited only to the exemplary embodiments presented herein.

As described in (1) of FIG. 77, when transmitting the base layer of the NGH broadcast service through the T2 frame, it may be difficult to decode the PLP of the T2 frame, which transmits the base layer of the NGH broadcast service, along with the PLP of the NGH frame by using only the signaling method, which is described in FIG. 87 and FIG. 88.

Therefore, according to the embodiment of the present invention, a PLP transmitting the base layer of the NGH broadcast service included in the T2 frame and PLPs included in the NGH frame are collectively defined as a single unit, thereby being referred to as a group or LLP (Link Layer Pipe), and the respective information is transmitted.

Most particularly, according to an embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 52, an LLP_ID field is transmitted through a delivery_system_descriptor, which is included in the NIT of the L2 signaling information region. The PLP_GROUP_ID field, which is shown in FIG. 52, may be referred to as the LLP_ID field.

If one service is transmitted through a PLP, a component_id_descriptor included in the PMT may be omitted.

FIG. 89 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing the structure of an NIT, PAT, and PMT, which are included in the NGH frame according to the embodiment of the present invention.

The receiver may decode the NIT, PAT, and PMT, which are included in the NGH frame, so as to acquire information on a correlation between the TS and the LLP and PLP. More specifically, the receiver may acquire the TS_ID from the decoded NIT, and the receiver may also acquire PLP information included in one LLP (or PLP group), by using the LLP_ID field (PLP_GROUP_ID field) and the PLP_ID field, which are included in the delivery_system_descripor. As described above, the receiver may acquire information on a PLP of the T2 frame, which is included in the same LLP.

Additionally, the receiver may acquire information on a component included in each PLP, i.e., a component_tag, by using the component_id_descriptor being included in the NIT or PMT.

Most particularly, the receiver may connect the TS and the PLP by using the component_id_descriptor of the decoded PMT and the PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE field of the L1 signaling information. Since reference may be made to FIG. 87, detailed description of the same may be omitted for simplicity.

FIG. 90 illustrates a flow chart showing a channel scanning method according to the embodiment of the present invention.

The receiver receives a TS format broadcast signal, which is transmitted through a specific channel via tuning (S900100). In this case, in order to receive a service that is desired (or wanted) by the user, information that can identify a service being included in the NGH frame, which is being transmitted through the channel, are required. Although it is not shown in the drawing, this procedure may be performed by the tuner of the receiver and may be modified or altered in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

The receiver decodes the L1 signaling information, which is included in the NGH frame, so as to acquire and store a PLP_ID field, LLP_ID field, and so on (S900200).

More specifically, the receiver may decode L1 signaling information, i.e., configurable L1-post signaling information, which is described in FIG. 49, so as to acquire the PLP_ID field, the LLP_ID field, and so on.

Subsequently, the receiver may use the LLP_ID so as to identify each LLP (PLP group), and then the receiver may decode the PLP transmitting the L2 signaling information and the PSI/SI (S900300).

The receiver may decode the NIT, which is included in the decoded L2 signaling information, and may decode the PMT so as to acquire mapping information between the TS and the PLP (S900400).

As described in FIG. 51, the NIT may include a network_id field, a transport_stream_id field, and a delivery_system_descriptor, and, as described in FIG. 54 and FIG. 55, the PMT may include a component_id_descriptor and a Hierarachy_descriptor.

More specifically, the receiver may acquire information on a correlation between the TS and the currently selected LLP and component information included in each PLP, by using the delivery_system_descriptor, which is included in the decoded NIT. Additionally, the receiver may identify a substream being transmitted through the PLP by using the decoded PMT, and the receiver may acquire SVC information of each substream by using the hierarchy descriptor, and the receiver may also acquire component information of the broadcast service being included in the PLP by using the component_id_descriptor.

Subsequently, the receiver may determine whether or not the currently selected PLP group (LLP) corresponds to the last PLP group (S900500).

Based upon the determined result, if the selected PLP group does not correspond to the last PLP group, the receiver returns to step S900300, so as to select the next PLP group, and, then, when the newly selected next PLP group is determined to correspond to the last PLP group, the receiver may determine whether or not the current channel corresponds to the last channel (S900600).

Based upon the determined result, if the current channel does not correspond to the last channel, the receiver may return to step S900100, so as to tune to the next channel, and, then, when the newly tuned next channel is determined to correspond to the last channel, the receiver may use the stored service information so as to tune to a first service or a pre-set service (S900700).

FIG. 91 to FIG. 96 collectively describe a case when the broadcast signal is configured in an IP format.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, when the broadcast signal is configured in an IP format, a broadcast service may be transmitted by using two different methods of OMA-BCAST (Open Mobile Alliance-BroadCAST) or DVB-IPDC (Internet Protocol DataCasting), each correspond to a service management technique required in IP based multi services.

The OMA-BCAST method corresponds to a system technology for supporting a broadcast service, wherein a BCAST standard technology development process, which is currently being developed by the OMA standard organization, is being processed by a BAC (Browser and Contents) WG affiliated sub-group. Herein, the OMA-BCAST method supports all of broadcasting-type, interactive-type, and combined-type services. Additionally, the OMA/BCAST standard provides a service management framework for providing IP based multicast broadcast services.

The DVB-IPDC method corresponds to a system technology for transmitting (or delivering) internet protocol based mobile TV services. Herein, the DVB-IPDC method may support system structures, such as DVB PSI/SI signaling, ESG, content delivery protocols (CDP), and so on.

Both of the above-described methods may support a broadcast service guide through the ESG. And, the receiver may selectively decide a service component, which is transmitted by the PLP of a physical layer through a Session Description Protocol (SDP).

When performing initialization in order to deliver multiple multimedia media over the internet, the SDP corresponds to an IETF standard table as a protocol for transmitting information on a multimedia session, such as media detail, transmission address, metadata of other sessions, and so on. Herein, the information on a session is broadly configured of the description of a single session, 0 or more time description, and 0 or more media description, and the corresponding information is expressed in a text format. The description of the single session may include a protocol version, a session identifier, a session name, attribute information of the session, and so on, the time description may include activation time of the session, number of iterations (or repetitions), and so on, and the media description may include connection information, such as a media name and IP address, a port number, and so on, media attribute information, and so on.

According to the embodiment of the present invention, when using an SVC respective to an NGH broadcast service, SVC related information may be transmitted by using attribute information or media characteristic information of a session of the SDP. Therefore, when information respective to an SVC codec of the broadcast service and media included in the session correspond to the enhancement layer of the broadcast service, the attribute information or media characteristic information of a session may include information on the base layer.

Each broadcast service may be identified by an IP address, and a service component, such as video/audio, and so on, may each be identified by a TCP/UDP port number, and the base layer and the enhancement layer of the SVC may also be respectively identified by the TCP/UDP port number. Furthermore, each PLP being included in the NGH frame may be identified by the PLP_ID, the LLP_ID, and so on.

FIG. 91 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing NGH broadcast service signaling in case of using the OMA-BCAST method according to the embodiment of the present invention.

The transmitting end may transmit information related to an OMA-BCAST broadcast service, i.e., a service IP address, and so on, through an OMA-BCAST ESG.

The OMA-BCAST ESG may include an Administrative fragment, a Provision fragment, a Core fragment, and an Access fragment.

The Administrative fragment may include information on the structure of the OMA-BCAST ESG and information on the acquisition of the OMA-BCAST ESG.

The Provision fragment may include information related to the purchase of a service, which a user can purchase.

The Core fragment may include information on a service being provided to the user, e.g., information on a service, such as a related television channel, metadata respective to service contents, schedule information respective to one set of contents of the corresponding service, and so on.

The Access fragment may include information related to the access of a service or contents. Most particularly, the Access fragment may indicate a specific SDP.

The SDP may include an RTP (Real-time Transport Protocol) audio session, an RTP video session, and a FLUTE data session.

Contents of the exemplary SDP shown in FIG. 91 will hereinafter be briefly described.

Herein, v indicates the protocol version of a session, and o indicates an identifier of the session. Also, s indicates the session name, c indicates the correlation information, and t indicates the activation time of the session. Furthermore, m indicates a media type and IP address, and a indicates the characteristics of the media.

In the IP layer, the audio component and video component of the broadcast service may each be encapsulated as an RTP audio session and an RTP video session, so as to be transmitted, and L2 signaling information, ESG, and so on, may be transmitted through the FLUTE data session.

Additionally, the NGH frame may include a common/signaling PLP, a base layer PLP transmitting the base layer, and an enhancement PLP transmitting the enhancement layer. The common/signaling PLP may include an L1 signaling region and an L2 signaling region according to the present invention.

Among the audio and video components, which are encapsulated as the RTP audio session and the RTP video session, the base layer PLP may transmit data corresponding to the base layer, and, among the video data being encapsulated as the RTP video session, the enhancement layer may transmit the data corresponding to the enhancement layer.

Although it is not shown in the drawing, the PAT/PMT may be encapsulated as an RTP data session, so as to be transmitted, and the PLP transmitting the PAT/PMT may be referred to as a base PLP. This may be modified and changed in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

The receiver may decode the NGH frame, so as to be capable of acquiring an IP information table through the decoded common/signaling PLP, and acquiring a bootstrap from the IP information table and an IP address of the ESG, and so on. Subsequently, the receiver may receive the ESG by using the acquired bootstrap and the IP address of the ESG.

Thereafter, the receiver may access the access fragment of the ESG and may acquire an IP address and a port number of the corresponding service by using a specific SDP, which is indicated by the access fragment of the ESG. Additionally, the receiver may acquire information on each service purchase through the provision fragment, and the receiver may specify a wanted (or desired) service.

The SDP may provide an IP address of each service and a port number and SVC information of each component.

The receiver may acquire an IP address of each service and a port number and SVC information of each component through the SDP, and, then, the receiver may selectively decode the base layer PLP or enhancement layer PLP by using the acquired information.

FIG. 92 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing NGH broadcast service signaling in case of using the DVB-IPDC method according to the embodiment of the present invention.

The transmitting end may transmit information related to a DVB-IPDC broadcast service, i.e., a service IP address, and so on, through a DVB-IPDC ESG. The detailed contents are identical to the description provided in FIG. 91. However, the difference between the DVB-IPDC ESG and the OMA-BCAST ESG is that the DVB-IPDC ESG includes a Purchase/Bundle fragment, a Service/Schedule fragment, and an Acquisition fragment.

Herein, the Purchase/Bundle fragment is identical to the Provision fragment, which is described above with reference to FIG. 91, the Service/Schedule fragment is identical to the Core fragment, which is described above with reference to FIG. 91, and the Acquisition fragment is identical to the Access fragment, which is described above with reference to FIG. 91. Therefore, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

FIG. 93 illustrates a conceptual diagram showing a procedure for recovering an SVC substream by using the ESG and SDP according to the embodiment of the present invention.

As described above with reference to FIG. 92, the receiver may scan a channel, so as to decode an NGH frame, thereby acquiring mapping information between the IP and the PLP. More specifically, the receiver may decode L1 signaling information, which is included in the transmission frame, so as to acquire a PLP ID, a PLP group ID, and so on. Thereafter, thereafter, the receiver identifies the PLP groups through the decoded PLP group ID and may decode the PLP including the L2 signaling information. Subsequently, the receiver may decode the IP information table included in the L2 signaling information, thereby being capable of acquiring the IP-PLP mapping information. As described above with reference to FIG. 63, the IP information table may include an IP_address_list( ) field and a descriptor. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the IP_address_list( ) field includes Bootstrap information and IP address information for receiving an ESG, and an IP/MAC_location_descriptor may include a system_ID field, a PLP_ID field, a PLP_GROUP_ID field, and so on. Since the IP_address_list( ) field and the IP/MAC_location_descriptor form a pair, the receiver may be capable of determining which PLP group is correlated with a specific IP stream by referring to this pair.

Subsequently, the receiver may acquire an IP address of the ESG by using the IP information table. As described above, the ESG may be received through an interactive channel, and the ESG may also be received through an IP stream, which is included in a specific PLP. Thereafter, the receiver may select a service through the received ESG.

FIG. 93 illustrates a procedure for recovering an SVC substream by using the ESG and the SDP.

The receiver may acquire information on the purchase of Broadcast Service 1 through the Provision fragment or the Purchase/Bundle fragment of the ESG. Thereafter, the receiver may acquire an IP address of the Broadcast Service 1 through SDP 1, which is indicated by the Access fragment or Acquisition fragment of the ESG, and the receiver may then acquire Port Number 1, Port Number 2, and SVC information of the video configuring Broadcast Service 1, thereby being capable of recovering the SVC substream.

In this case, in order to allow the receiver to select and decode a PLP transmitting the component, which is wanted and selected by the receiver, the receiver requires an IP address of each service and IP-PLP mapping information for connecting a port number of each component with a PLP transmitting each service component. Such IP-PLP mapping information may be transmitted through the L1 signaling information region or L2 signaling information region of the NGH frame, and this may be changed or modified in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

If the IP-PLP mapping information is transmitted through the L2 signaling information region, as described above with reference to FIG. 62 to FIG. 64, the IP-PLP mapping information may be transmitted through the IP/MAC_location_descriptor of the IP information table.

Furthermore, the IP-PLP mapping information may also be transmitted through an independent session from the IP layer.

FIG. 94 and FIG. 95 collectively describe the format of the IP-PLP mapping information.

The IP-PLP mapping information may be expressed in any one of the binary type data format, the TS private packet format, and XML. And, this may be changed and modified in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

When the IP-PLP mapping information is configured in the TS private packet format, the IP-PLP mapping information may be transmitted through the IP/MAC_location_descriptor of the IP information table.

As described above with reference to FIG. 63, the IP information table may include an IP_address_list( ) field and a descriptor. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the IP_address_list( ) field includes Bootstrap information and IP address information for receiving an ESG, and an IP/MAC_location_descriptor may include a system_ID field, a PLP_ID field, a PLP_GROUP_ID field, and so on. Since the IP_address_list( ) field and the IP/MAC_location_descriptor form a pair, the receiver may be capable of determining which PLP group is correlated with a specific IP stream by referring to this pair.

Since a case when the IP-PLP mapping information is configured in a TS private packet format is identical to the description presented above with reference to FIG. 63, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

FIG. 94 illustrates a syntax of a binary type data format including the IP-PLP mapping information according to the embodiment of the present invention.

As shown in FIG. 94, the syntax of the binary type data format may include an IP_FORMAT field, a NUM_PLP_IP_PAIR field, and a for loop respective to the NUM_PLP_IP_PAIR field. The for loop respective to the NUM_PLP_IP_PAIR field may include a PLP identifier, and IP-PLP mapping information, such as an IP address of the broadcast service and information of a port number of the broadcast service being transmitted through the PLP. Hereinafter, each of the corresponding fields will be briefly described.

The IP_FORMAT field may indicate the format type.

The NUM_PLP_IP_PAIR field may indicate a number of IP-PLP mapping information.

The for loop respective to the NUM_PLP_IP_PAIR field may include IP-PLP mapping information, and the for loop may perform iteration as many times as the number of IP-PLP mapping information.

More specifically, the for loop respective to the NUM_PLP_IP_PAIR field may include a NUM_IP_PORT_ADDR field, a for loop respective to the NUM_IP_PORT_ADDR field, and a PLP_ID field.

The NUM_IP_PORT_ADDR field may indicate a number of port addresses of the component being transmitted through the corresponding PLP.

The for loop respective to the NUM_IP_PORT_ADDR field may include an IP_ADDRESS field and a PORT_NUMBER field, and the for loop may perform iterations as many times as the number of port addresses of the component of the broadcast service being indicated by the NUM_IP_PORT_ADDR field.

The IP_ADDRESS field may indicate an IP address of the broadcast service, and the PORT_NUMBER field may indicate a port number of the broadcast service component. And, the PLP_ID field may identify each PLP.

Therefore, the receiver may verify the format type by using the IP_FORMAT field, and the receiver may verify which PLP is correlated with a specific IP stream by using the for loop respective to the NUM_PLP_IP_PAIR field and the NUM_PLP_IP_PAIR field.

Additionally, the PLP_GROUP_ID field may be located between the IP FORMAT field and the NUM_IP_PLP_PAIR field.

FIG. 95 illustrates a syntax of an XML format including the IP-PLP mapping information according to the embodiment of the present invention.

In this case, although the XML syntax may be directly transmitted without modification, the XML syntax may also be compressed as a BiM/GZIP (Binary format for Metadata/GNU ZIP), thereby being transmitted.

As shown in FIG. 95, the XML syntax may include an IP_FORMAT tag, a PLP_IP_PAIR tag, and the PLP_IP_PAIR tag may then include multiple IP_PORT tags and PLP_ID tags. Additionally, the XML syntax may also further include a PLP_GORUP_ID tag.

Since the contents of each tag are identical to the fields described above in FIG. 94, detailed description of the same will be omitted for simplicity.

The receiver may verify the version of the current XML syntax from the IP_FORMAT tag, and the receiver may also verify which PLP is correlated with a specific IP stream by using the PLP_ID tag and the IP-POR tag, which are defined under the PLP_IP_PAIR tag.

FIG. 96 illustrates a flow chart showing a channel scanning method according to an embodiment of the present invention.

The receiver receives an IP format broadcast signal, which is transmitted through a specific channel via tuning (S960100). In this case, in order to receive a service that is desired (or wanted) by the user, information that can identify a service being included in the NGH frame, which is being transmitted through the channel, are required. Although it is not shown in the drawing, this procedure may be performed by the tuner of the receiver and may be modified or altered in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

The receiver decodes the L1 signaling information and the L2 signaling information, which are included in the NGH frame, so as to acquire IP-PLP mapping information (S960200).

More specifically, the receiver may decode L1 signaling information, which is included in the NGH frame, so as to acquire a PLP ID, a PLP group ID, and so on. Thereafter, thereafter, the receiver identifies the PLP groups through the decoded PLP group ID and may decode the PLP including the L2 signaling information. Subsequently, the receiver may decode the IP information table included in the L2 signaling information, thereby being capable of acquiring the IP-PLP mapping information. As described above with reference to FIG. 63, the IP information table may include an IP_address_list( ) field and a descriptor. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the IP_address_list( ) field includes Bootstrap information and IP address information for receiving an ESG, and an IP/MAC_location_descriptor may include a system_ID field, a PLP_ID field, a PLP_GROUP_ID field, and so on. Since the IP_address_list( ) field and the IP/MAC_location_descriptor form a pair, the receiver may be capable of determining which PLP group is correlated with a specific IP stream by referring to this pair.

As described above, the IP-PLP mapping information may be transmitted through the L1 signaling information or the L2 signaling information, and the IP-PLP mapping information may also be transmitted through an independent session from the IP layer. This may be modified and changed in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

Thereafter, the receiver downloads the acquired IP-PLP mapping information (S960300). As described above, the IP-PLP mapping information may be expressed in any one of the binary type data format, the TS private packet format, and XML. And, this may be changed and modified in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

Then, the receiver may acquire an ESG IP address, which is associated with the IP-PLP mapping information, from the decoded L1 signaling information and the L2 signaling information, and may receive the ESG (S960400). As described above, the ESG may be received through an interactive channel, or the ESG may be received through an IP stream, which is included in a specific PLP.

Subsequently, the receiver downloads and stores the received ESG (S960500).

The receiver may determine whether or not the current channel corresponds to the last channel (S960600).

Based upon the determined result, if the current channel does not correspond to the last channel, the receiver may return to step S960100, so as to tune to the next channel, and, then, when the newly tuned next channel is determined to correspond to the last channel, the receiver may use the stored service information so as to tune to a first service or a pre-set service (S960700).

FIG. 97 illustrates a flow chart showing a broadcast signal transmitting method according to an embodiment of the present invention.

The embodiment of the present invention shown in FIG. 97 illustrates a case when the broadcast signal is being transmitted in the TS format.

A BICM encoder (100200) of a broadcast signal transmitter according to the embodiment of the present invention may respectively perform encoding on the plurality of PLPS, each including a base layer and an enhancement layer of the broadcast service, and first signaling information (S970100).

A frame builder (101300) of the broadcast signal transmitter according to the embodiment of the present invention may generate an NGH frame, which includes a preamble including the encoded first signaling information and a plurality of LLPs (S970200). The preamble may include first signaling information, and the plurality of LLPs may include encoded PLP data, second signaling information, and third signaling information. An LLP (Link_Layer_Pipe) corresponds to a group of the PLP data, and PLP data transmitting the base layer or enhancement layer of the same NGH broadcast service may belong to the same LLP. According to the embodiment of the present invention, when the PLP data of the T2 frame transmit the base layer of the NGH broadcast service, and when the PLP data of the NGH frame transmit the base layer and the enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service, the PLP data of the T2 frame and the PLP data of the NGH frame may belong to the same LLP.

In the present invention, as described above, the P1 signaling information region, the L1 signaling information region, and the common PLP region may be collectively referred to as a preamble. Additionally, only the P1 signaling information region and the L1 signaling information region may be collectively referred to as a preamble. This may be modified and changed in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

The first signaling information may include L1 signaling information and may be located as the end of the P1 symbol in the NGH frame.

The second signaling information may include L2 signaling information and may include the NIT, which is described above with reference to FIG. 51. Among the plurality of PLPS, the common PLP may include second signaling information, and the common PLP may be located at the end of the first signaling information in the NGH frame. Also, as described above, the common PLP may be included in the preamble in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

Moreover, among the PLP data included in the plurality of LLPs, one set of PLP data may include third signaling information, and such PLP data may be referred to as a base PLP. This may be modified and changed in accordance with the intentions of the system designer. The second signaling information may include the NIT, SDT, and so on, and the third signaling information may include the PMT/PAT, and so on.

The first signaling information may include an identifier (PLP_ID) identifying each set of PLP data and a second identifier (LLP_ID) indicating the plurality of LLPs, and the second signaling information may include a descriptor (e.g., the Hierarachy_descriptor shown in FIG. 88), which includes information indicating whether each component corresponds to the base layer or the enhancement layer.

Finally, an OFDM generator (101400) of the broadcast signal transmitter according to the embodiment of the present invention may transmit the broadcast signal including the NGH frame, which includes the processed data (S970300). In this case, the base layer or the enhancement layer of the broadcast service may be independently or collectively transmitted to each antenna by using the MIMO method.

FIG. 98 illustrates a flow chart showing a broadcast signal transmitting method according to another embodiment of the present invention.

The embodiment of the present invention shown in FIG. 98 illustrates a case when the broadcast signal is being transmitted in the IP format.

A BICM encoder (100200) of a broadcast signal transmitter according to the embodiment of the present invention may respectively perform encoding on the plurality of PLPS, each including a base layer and an enhancement layer of the broadcast service, and first signaling information (S980100).

A frame builder (101300) of the broadcast signal transmitter according to the embodiment of the present invention may generate an NGH frame, which includes a preamble including the encoded first signaling information and a plurality of LLPs (S980200).

The preamble may include first signaling information, and the plurality of LLPs may include PLP data, which includes the base layer and the enhancement layer of a broadcast service, and second signaling information. An LLP (Link_Layer_Pipe) corresponds to a group of the PLP data, and PLP data transmitting the base layer or enhancement layer of the same NGH broadcast service may belong to the same LLP. According to the embodiment of the present invention, when the PLP data of the T2 frame transmit the base layer of the NGH broadcast service, and when the PLP data of the NGH frame transmit the base layer and the enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service, the PLP data of the T2 frame and the PLP data of the NGH frame may belong to the same LLP.

In the present invention, as described above, the P1 signaling information region, the L1 signaling information region, and the common PLP region may be collectively referred to as a preamble. Additionally, only the P1 signaling information region and the L1 signaling information region may be collectively referred to as a preamble. This may be modified and changed in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

The first signaling information may include L1 signaling information and may be located as the end of the P1 symbol in the NGH frame.

The second signaling information may include L2 signaling information and may include an IP information table, which is described above with reference to FIG. 62. Among the plurality of PLPS, the common PLP may include second signaling information, and the common PLP may be located at the end of the first signaling information in the transmission frame. Also, as described above, the common PLP may be included in the preamble in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

The second signaling information may include an IP information table, and so on.

The first signaling information may include a first identifier (LLP_ID) identifying each of the plurality of LLPs, a second identifier (PLP_ID) identifying the PLP data, and a third identifier (PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE) indicating a component type of the broadcast service, which is being transmitted through the PLP data.

The second signaling information may include an IP information table, which is shown in FIG. 62, and the IP information table may include an IP_address_list( ) field and a descriptor. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the IP_address_list( ) field includes Bootstrap information. Additionally, the Bootstrap information may include a boot_IP_address field, and the receiver may acquire an IP address enabling the receiver to gain a service guide information or a broadcast content guide information by using the boot_IP_address field.

Accordingly, the receiver may acquire a mapping relation between an IP and a specific LLP or a mapping relation between an IP and a specific PLP data set by using the IP information table, and the receiver may also acquire IP address information for receiving service guide information.

As described above, the service guide information may include an Access fragment (or Acquisition fragment), and the Access fragment may include information associated with the access of a service or content and may indicate a specific SDP. Additionally, the SDP may transmit an IP address of the corresponding service and a port number of a component corresponding to the service and SVC related information.

Finally, an OFDM generator (101400) of the broadcast signal transmitter according to the embodiment of the present invention may transmit the broadcast signal including the transmission frame, which includes the processed data (S980300). In this case, the base layer or the enhancement layer of the broadcast service may be independently or collectively transmitted to each antenna by using the MIMO method.

FIG. 99 illustrates a flow chart showing a broadcast signal receiving method according to an embodiment of the present invention.

The embodiment of the present invention shown in FIG. 99 illustrates a case when the broadcast signal is being received in the TS format.

An OFDM demodulator (138100) of a broadcast signal receiver according to the embodiment of the present invention may receive a broadcast signal, which include an NGH frame (or frame) for transmitting a broadcast service and may OFDM-demodulate the received broadcast signal (S980100). In this case, the NGH frame may include a preamble and a plurality of LLPs (Link_Layer_Pipes). Additionally, the preamble may include first signaling information, and the plurality of LLPs may include PLP data, which include a base layer and an enhancement layer of the broadcast service, second signaling information, and third signaling information.

In the present invention, as described above, the P1 signaling information region, the L1 signaling information region, and the common PLP region may be collectively referred to as a preamble. Additionally, only the P1 signaling information region and the L1 signaling information region may be collectively referred to as a preamble. This may be modified and changed in accordance with the intentions of the system designer. In this case, the receiver may independently or collectively receive the base layer or the enhancement layer of the broadcast service through multiple antennae by using the MIMO method.

The first signaling information may include L1 signaling information and may be located as the end of the P1 symbol in the NGH frame.

The second signaling information may include L2 signaling information and may include the NIT, which is described above with reference to FIG. 51. Among the plurality of PLPs, the common PLP may include second signaling information, and the common PLP may be located at the end of the first signaling information in the NGH frame. Also, as described above, the common PLP may be included in the preamble in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

Moreover, among the PLP data included in the plurality of LLPS, one set of PLP data may include third signaling information, and such PLP data may be referred to as a base PLP. This may be modified and changed in accordance with the intentions of the system designer. The second signaling information may include the NIT, SDT, and so on, and the third signaling information may include the PMT/PAT, and so on.

The first signaling information may include an identifier (PLP_ID) identifying each set of PLP data and a second identifier (LLP_ID) indicating the plurality of LLPs, and the second signaling information may include a descriptor (e.g., the Hierarachy_descriptor shown in FIG. 88), which includes information indicating whether each component corresponds to the base layer or the enhancement layer.

Then, a frame demapper (138200) of the broadcast signal receiver according to the embodiment of the present invention may output the NGH frame (S990200).

Subsequently, a BICM decoder (138300) of the broadcast signal receiver according to the embodiment of the present invention may decode first signaling information, which is included in the preamble of the outputted NGH frame (S990300).

Thereafter, the BICM decoder (138300) of the broadcast signal receiver according to the embodiment of the present invention may decode the second signaling information and the third signaling information (S990400), and, then, the receiver may use the third signaling information, so as to selectively decode the plurality of PLPs (S990500).

FIG. 100 illustrates a flow chart showing a broadcast signal receiving method according to another embodiment of the present invention.

The embodiment of the present invention shown in FIG. 100 illustrates a case when the broadcast signal is being received in the IP format.

A receiving unit (or OFDM demodulator) (138100) of a broadcast signal receiver according to the embodiment of the present invention may receive a broadcast signal, which include an NGH frame (or frame) for transmitting a broadcast service (S991100). In this case, the NGH frame may include a preamble and a plurality of LLPs. An LLP (Link_Layer_Pipe) corresponds to a group of the PLP data, and PLP data transmitting the base layer or enhancement layer of the same NGH broadcast service may belong to the same LLP. According to the embodiment of the present invention, when the PLP data of the T2 frame transmit the base layer of the NGH broadcast service, and when the PLP data of the NGH frame transmit the base layer and the enhancement layer of the NGH broadcast service, the PLP data of the T2 frame and the PLP data of the NGH frame may belong to the same LLP.

The preamble may include first signaling information, and the plurality of LLPs may include PLP data (Physical_Layer_Pipe), which includes the base layer and the enhancement layer of a broadcast service, and second signaling information.

In this case, the receiver may independently or collectively receive the base layer or the enhancement layer of the broadcast service through multiple antennae by using the MIMO method.

The first signaling information may include L1 signaling information and may be located as the end of the P1 symbol in the NGH frame. In the present invention, as described above, the P1 signaling information region, the L1 signaling information region, and the common PLP region may be collectively referred to as a preamble. Additionally, only the P1 signaling information region and the L1 signaling information region may be collectively referred to as a preamble. This may be modified and changed in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

The second signaling information may include L2 signaling information and may include the IP information table, which is described above with reference to FIG. 62. Among the plurality of PLPS, the common PLP may include second signaling information, and the common PLP may be located at the end of the first signaling information in the NGH frame. Also, as described above, the common PLP may be included in the preamble in accordance with the intentions of the system designer.

Then, a frame demapper (138200) of the broadcast signal receiver according to the embodiment of the present invention may output the NGH frame (S991200).

Subsequently, a BICM decoder (138300) of the broadcast signal receiver according to the embodiment of the present invention may decode first signaling information, which is included in the preamble of the outputted NGH frame (S991300).

The first signaling information may include a first identifier (LLP_ID) identifying each of the plurality of LLPs, a second identifier (PLP_ID) identifying PLP data, and a third identifier (PLP_COMPONENT_TYPE) indicating the component type of the broadcast service being transmitted through the PLP data.

Thereafter, the BICM decoder (180103) of the broadcast signal receiver according to the embodiment of the present invention may decode the second signaling information (S991400).

The second signaling information may include information on an IP stream, which is related with the plurality of LLPs, and information on a port number of each component, e.g., the IP_address_list field shown in FIG. 62.

Additionally, the second signaling information may include a first identifier and a second identifier. In this case, the first identifier and the second identifier may be included in an IP/MAC_location_information field, the IP/MAC_location_information field and the information respective to the IP stream (IP_address_list) may form a pair, thereby being included in an IP_addr_location_loop field. Therefore, the receiver may decode the second signaling information so as to acquire mapping information of the IP and the PLP.

The receiving unit (138100) of the broadcast signal receiver according to the embodiment of the present invention may use the information respective to the IP stream, so as to receive service guide information including the second identifier (S991500).

In this case, the service guide information may be received by using entry information included in the L2 signaling information region, and the service guide information may also be received through an interactive channel.

Thereafter, the receiver may use the received service guide information, so as to selectively decode the PLP data (S991600).

More specifically, the receiver may access the Access fragment of the ESG, and the receiver may acquire an IP address and port number of a service through a specific SDP, which is indicated by the Access fragment of the ESG. Additionally, the receiver may also acquire information respective to each service purchase through the Purchase/Bundle fragment or the Provision fragment, thereby being capable of specifying a wanted service.

The SDP may provide an IP address of each service, a port number of each component, and SVC information.

The receiver may acquire the IP address of each service, the port number of each component, and the SVC information through the SDP. Then, the receiver may use the acquired information so as to selectively decode the base layer PLP or enhancement PLP.

MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE PRESENT INVENTION

As described above, the present invention is described with respect to the best mode for carrying out the present invention.

INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY

As described above, the present invention may be fully (or entirely) or partially applied to digital broadcasting systems. 

1.-8. (canceled)
 9. A method for transmitting broadcast signals, the method comprising: encoding data in each PLP (Physical Layer Pipe); encoding signaling information for the each PLP; generating a transmission frame including the encoded data and the encoded signaling information, wherein the transmission frame includes a plurality of groups having the encoded data, and the signaling information includes a first identifier identifying each PLP and a second identifier identifying each group, wherein the transmission frame further includes second signaling information having PLP identification information for identifying a PLP carrying component mapping information between each component of the broadcast stream and each PLP, wherein the component mapping information includes component type information; and transmitting the broadcast signals including the transmission frame.
 10. The method of claim 1, wherein the transmission frame further includes bootstrap information.
 11. The method of claim 1, wherein the second signaling information further includes ESG (Electronic Service Guide) information.
 12. An apparatus for transmitting of broadcast signals, the apparatus comprising: an encoder to encode data in each PLP (Physical Layer Pipe); a signaling encoder to encode signaling information for each PLP; a frame builder to generate a transmission frame including the encoded data and the encoded signaling information, wherein the transmission frame includes a plurality of groups having the encoded data, and the signaling information includes a first identifier identifying each PLP and a second identifier identifying each group, wherein the transmission frame further includes second signaling information having PLP identification information for identifying a PLP carrying component mapping information between each component of the broadcast stream and each PLP, wherein the component mapping information includes component type information; and a transmitter to transmit the broadcast signals including the transmission frame.
 13. The apparatus of claim 4, wherein the transmission frame further includes bootstrap information.
 14. The apparatus of claim 4, wherein the second signaling information further includes ESG (Electronic Service Guide) information. 